Unisab II(0178-445-ENG-logo)[1]

UNISAB II 2.03 Compressor type: Refrigerant: Password: Software version: 03.09 Shop no: 0178_425_en.fm Instruction Manual UNISAB II Control Computerized Control System for refrigerating compressors Version 2.03 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 1/222 UNISAB II 2.03 Preface This instruction manual covers reciprocating as well as screw compressors, unless otherwise stated. This manual offers a detailed description of the UNISAB II control system including function, application, service and trouble shooting. This document is produced by: YORK Refrigeration Chr. X’s Vej 201 DK-8270 Hoejbjerg Denmark Copyright © 2003 YORK Refrigeration In the space below you can enter the name and address of your local YORK representative: This document must not be copied without the written permission of YORK Refrigeration and the contents must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any unauthorised purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted. This manual is intended for operating and service personnel. Please read this manual carefully so that you fully understand the UNISAB II control system and know how to operate it correctly. Damage occurring as a result of incorrect operation is not covered by YORK Refrigeration‘s guarantee. Be aware of the version number of this manual. The version number is printed at the bottom of the preceeding page. It is important that this number is identical to the UNISAB II version number appearing for a few seconds in the second line of the display when turning on power. It is, however, possible to use a manual with higher version number than UNISAB II. In such cases use the section List of Versions to view the differences. Never use a manual with lower version number than UNISAB II. 2/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 WWarning! If it is necessary to service UNISAB II control system, the power supply to the compressor motor must be switched off at the main switch to prevent the compressor from starting up accidentally. The UNISAB II box contains live parts, which makes it absolutely necessary to comply with the safety regulations on site. Failure to do so may cause damage to equipment and affect personal safety. Even though the power supply to UNISAB II is switched off, some of the terminals may still be live. Only authorized personnel is permitted to service UNISAB II. If UNISAB II is connected on a network, always be aware that the compressor can be started from REMOTE. This cannot be avoided solely by making choices on the UNISAB II display. Emergency stop Activate the emergency stop by a light pressure and deactivate it by turning it clockwise. The emergency stop cuts right into the power circuit of the compressor motor guard. Activation of the emergency stop during operation will lead to immediate unloading of the motor guard while there is still power on UNISAB II. In this way it will always be possible to read the state of the compressor. Whenever the emergency stop is activated during operation, the alarm text COMPR. MOTOR ERROR will be read on the display. Before compressor restart is possible, deactivate the alarm by means of the R key and release the emergency stop. PLEASE OBSERVE: If UNISAB II is set on REMOTE or AUTO, the compressor will restart automatically. 0178_425_en.fm Technical Data Power supply: Nominal VAC 24 115 230 Consumption: Ambient temperature: Humidity: Tightness: 50 VA 0-55° C (during operation) 20-90% relative humidity (not condensing) IP 54 Tolerance +10/-15% +10/-15% +10/-15% Hz 45 - 65 45 - 65 45 - 65 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 3/222 UNISAB II 2.03 4/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing of password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I COP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I FACTORY RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I OIL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog alarms and warnings . . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting of password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary input signal (4-20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Languages . . . . . . . . Display in Bar or °C/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 5/222 . . . . . . . . . . . . Application of password . . . . . . . . . . Oil system error (screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating UNISAB II control . . . . . . . . . .03 Table of Contents Preface . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I MULTISAB . . . . . . 03. . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I ECONOMIZER . . . . . . . . . Changing a value . Other alarms and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fm 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure for changing of set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarms and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I CONTROL . . . . . . . . Selecting a picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of UNISAB II control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I MEASURING UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The user's own picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suction gas superheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contrast (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP I CONFIG I UNIT/PLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing of set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 5 11 12 12 13 14 15 19 20 20 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 25 25 25 26 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 47 47 54 55 55 55 0178-445TOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PARALLEL CONTR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting discharge temperature . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOTOR FAN I (Frequency controlled screw compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor motor overload . ALL COMPRESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil pump error (SAB 80) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error in diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No communication to Chiller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03 Capacity error (screw compressors) . . . . . .TAKE-OVER . . . . . . . . High motor temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . alarm from Chiller . . . . . . . . . .I (screw compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low lubricating pressure monitoring (screw compressor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil pump error (screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vi position error . . . . . . alarm from PLC . . . . . . . TIMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evolution. . . . . MULTISAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil rectifier error (screw compressors) . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timer description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watch the oil pressure . P BAND FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting brine temperature . . . . Limiting suction pressure . . . . . . . . . MULTISAB STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting hot water . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling fan error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . warning from PLC . . . . PMS error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 55 55 55 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 58 58 58 58 61 61 61 61 61 61 62 66 66 69 71 71 73 73 73 74 75 76 77 6/222 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SERVICE COUNTER . . . . . . Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chiller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL CHARGING . . . . . Discharge pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . 03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . Stop delay . . . . . . DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . no communication to PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TIME . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . Special timers in connection with MULTISAB Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full flow pump error (screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. . Limiting discharge pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wrong starting number in sequence . . . . . . . . . . Compressor motor error . . . . . . . . . . . . No starting permission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TIMER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . Timers . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part load and full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hotwater . . . . . . . . . . .03 Compressor regulation . . SAB 283. . . . . . . . . . . . Disch. . . . . . . . . .Regulating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change to full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change to part load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting slide speed (screw compressors with hydraulic slides) . . . . . . . . . . . . The alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set point control with current input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 128HR and 163HR with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 9A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal regulator (Ext. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume ratio slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PID controller . . . . . . . Electrical slide control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 7/222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 330 and SAB 355 with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic setting of new zero point (SAB 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fm 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Regulating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limiting functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control mode . Capacity control . . . . . . . . . . 03. . . . . . . . . . SAB 163H/128H MK3 with oil pump & VMY Mk3 with full flow pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suction pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 9B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set points on regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PID regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual setting of new zero point (all types of screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . GSV/RWF with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in spacer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Settings . . . . . Corrected capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculated Vi position . . . . . . . Display indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor control and surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 80 with fitted (mechanical) oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 79 79 80 81 82 85 86 88 90 91 91 92 92 92 93 93 95 97 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 100 100 101 101 101 102 102 102 102 102 103 105 105 107 109 111 111 111 112 113 113 0178-445TOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brine temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climatic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . Variable Zero position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2) Diagnosis I Misc. . . . . . Calibration of capacity slide signal . . . . . . . . . . . . 3) Diagnosis I Software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil charging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration of motor frequency signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VMY Mk 3 without full flow pump . . . . . . . 1) Diagnosis I Insp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration of Vi slide signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COP set-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .immediate stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note on screw compressors . . . . . functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 . . . . . . . Trouble shooting . . . . . External starting permission normal stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting capacity measuring system for turning transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. . . . . . . Motor current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brine temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 128/163 Mk 2 Booster with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor current measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAB 163 Mk 1 with oil pump . . . . . . . Diagnosis pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP on TWO-STAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Short-Stroke Capacity Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reciprocating compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FV 24/26 with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure transducers . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical slide systems (certain screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermistor connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold store function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power management system (PMS) . . . Motor power measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03 SV 24/26 with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 114 115 116 116 116 116 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 120 120 120 121 121 121 122 122 125 125 126 127 127 127 127 127 128 131 132 134 136 137 137 137 139 139 8/222 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . . Oil heating . . . . . . . VMY Mk 2 and 2. . SAB 110/128/163 Mk 2 without oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil return (reciprocating compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . manual (screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 with built-in oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic slide systems (certain screw compressors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . old alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FV 19 with oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definition of refrigerant R000 . . . . Aux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity down blocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Long-Stroke Capacity Rod for SAB 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External starting permission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the problem will be the same. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Numbering of digital inputs and outputs . . . MULTISAB regulation . . . Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulating parameters (for BRINE regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of CPU print and EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . .pref. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of regulation . . . . . 140 140 140 141 141 141 141 141 141 142 142 142 143 145 146 149 159 159 159 160 160 161 162 163 163 164 165 166 167 167 168 169 173 177 177 178 179 180 180 180 180 182 183 183 0178-445TOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of relay print . . . . . . . . . . . The cable must have the following data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5) Diagnosis I Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9) Diagnosis I Superuser keyword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . master = COMPR#. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Please note that at the next power failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6) Diagnosis I Analog inputs . . . . .pref. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . master = START# . . . Start and system numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8) Diagnosis I No of alarms . . . . . . . . . . . 10) Diagnosis I Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7) Diagnosis I Analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03. . . . . . Table 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Numbering of analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printed circuit board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of EPROM (program) UNISAB II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trouble shooting diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 9/222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .screw compressors only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12) Diagnosis J New password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03 4) Diagnosis I Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15) Diagnosis I COP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14) Diagnosis I Zero capacity pos. . . Replacement of serial EEPROM (diagnosis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . light diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11) Diagnosis I Examine memory . . . . . . . . . Start and system numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fm 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading sequence . . . . . . . . Replacement of CPU print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation of data communication cable . . . 13) Diagnosis I Power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State of take-over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .combination of screw and reciprocating compressors . . . . . 184 184 184 185 186 186 186 187 187 188 189 190 190 191 192 193 194 194 197 209 211 213 10/222 0178-445 . . . . . . . . . . Timers . . . . . . . . State of transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENG Rev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNISAB II 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading sequence . . . . . . . . . Regulating parameters (for SUCTION PRESSURE regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .sequence B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare parts for UNISAB II . . . . . . . Example of regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .sequence A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .03 Regulating parameters (for SUCTION PRESSURE regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplementary Material . . . . . . . . . Practical example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .sequence A . . . . . . . . . . . . Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .sequence B . . . . . . . . . . Trouble shooting The plant cannot start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Practical example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The plant does not run in sequence . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . By inserting an optional communication print. Compressor capacity can be regulated both manually and automatically. Therefore. MULTISAB. Thus. only the configuration is included in this manual. UNISAB II contains different ways of controlling/regulating compressor capacity according to pressure levels or temperatures.fm Furthermore. 0178-445 .ENG Rev. only a few connections are necessary to link the components to the electrical installations on site. UNISAB II is programmed according to the type of compressor it is going to controls.09 11/222 . The communication system makes it possible also to connect UNISAB II with a PLC or PC central monitoring. Description of UNISAB II control 1. only a few adjustments are necessary to adapt the UNISAB II system to its actual use.UNISAB II 2. Both the control box and the electrical components have been connected from the factory. 0178_426_en_2. UNISAB II can be configured to communicate with a PLC.03 1. Compressors fitted with UNISAB II CONTROL can be linked via the built-in communication system. use the enclosed leaflet Quick Reference. The subsequent description refers to the numbers in the drawing. Description of UNISAB II control The purpose of the UNISAB II control system is to monitor. thus optimizing the operation of the entire compressor plant. which is used by the built-in timer so that time and date are always correct even though current has been disconnected. UNISAB II is operated by means of a front panel as shown in the following drawing. UNISAB II is constructed not to lose its preset or changed values in case of a temporary power failure. In this way compressors can work in a common refrigerating system. control and data logging system. The above points are described in separate manuals. The front panel is well-arranged with only a few keys and a distinct display. the number of undesirable operational stops will be reduced as well as the need for supervision. 03. control and regulate reciprocating and screw compressors. For this purpose. See section Configuration. a number of limiting functions have been incorporated. protect. The hour counter and any stored alarm values will thus maintain the correct time. Consequently.02. the configuration by the name EVOLUTION one or more Quantum compressor controllers also manufactured by YORK Refrigeration. UNISAB II is fitted with a battery. On delivery UNISAB II is preset with a number of factory values and is thus ready for operation. UNISAB II can be linked to and communicate with old SABROE control units such as PROSAB II and UNISAB S/R/RT/RTH. Other possibilities: • • UNISAB II can be configured to run as a chiller controller. In periods of overloading these limiting functions will intervene and limit compressor capacity until the situation has returned to normal. 09 . 1.03 1.temp. 03.2 Drawing of plugs and their positions Start-up On delivery all electrical components in the compressor are connected to UNISAB II. 4. (see Fig. that the code plug for the supply voltage must be correct compared to the local supply voltage.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. 1. 1. The electric wiring must be carried out according to the wiring diagrams for UNISAB II at the end of this manual. 12/222 0178-445 .2) UNISAB II 230 VAC 115 VAC Also check that the 3 Amp fuse is in good working condition. Note in particular a. 38°C Oil press. Description of UNISAB II control Fig. b.3 bar Ready 0% Operating UNISAB II control Fig. that no outside voltage must be applied to the digital inputs of UNISAB II. -25°C Disch. On site it is only necessary to add the correct supply voltage from the local installations.1 10 9 8 UNISAB II front panel 7 3 4 2 5 6 1 11 13 12 14 15 Suct.temp. When UNISAB II is open. 1 2 3 3 Amp UNISAB II By turning the screws half a turn the control panel is loosened and can be lifted to an open position. etc.0 BAR 0. 03. the emergency stop switch will be activated. it is still fully operational.03 1. the following Main picture will appear in the display. The contrast has been factory set. SUCT. 1. set points.09 13/222 . 0178_426_en_2. and UNISAB II will be ready for operation. The control panel is usually closed and locked with a screw at each end of the panel. It is also recommended to read this manual carefully to acquire a thorough knowledge of how to operate UNISAB II.ENG Rev. Reading of operating conditions as well as changing of limiting values and set Display Pos.4). Description of UNISAB II control Fig. set points as well as warning and alarm limits can be read in the display. but can be adjusted if required.PRES MOTOR CURR STOPPED 0. 1 Has a constant background illumination and displays 4 lines each with 20 characters. UNISAB II has been programmed with values for warning limits.fm UNISAB II When voltage is applied to UNISAB II. Here. The display contains a number of different pictures. Pressure levels. Fig.3 Drawing of fuses and their positions points is carried out via the display. 1. At the same time easy access to the cabinet interior is obtained.02.PRESS DISCH. For this purpose use the enclosed leaflet Quick Reference. However. it is fastened to the cabinet (see Fig. temperatures. 1.4 Opening the cabinet UNISAB II Before any voltage is applied to UNISAB II. This makes it possible to start up the compressor immediately. 0178-445 .UNISAB II 2. alarm limits.0 BAR 0A 0% In this way it is still easy to operate the control panel. some of the values must always be adapted to the actual operating situation. UNISAB II is operated exclusively by means of the front panel keys. See subsection Contrast (display) in section Languages. On screw compressors the slide moves towards higher capacity as long as the key is held down. 13 14/222 0178-445 . When pressing the G key. D Key used to acknowledge alarms.03 1. pos. I Used for moving right in the menu system. 03.09 . 11 to 15. 7 Pos. it Pos. by means of which the compressor is controlled. 2 Green lamp indicating whether the compressor is running. 6 Pos. Pos. 11 The G key has several functions. Works only if yellow lamp pos. 12 H Used for moving left in the menu system. Pos. Used for selecting pictures or a digit when changing a value. The recording section. As to the encoding of a password. On screw compressors the slide moves towards lower capacity as long as the key is held down. Slow flashes = warning.ENG Rev. On reciprocating compressors a new capacity stage is loaded every time the key is pressed. Description of UNISAB II control Front panel The UNISAB II front panel is divided into two sections: The control section. Control section: Pos.UNISAB II 2. At start-up this lamp will flash until UNISAB II has received feedback from the motor starter. F Unloading of capacity during manual operation. Used for selecting pictures or a digit when changing a value. 10 Pos. Yellow light = manual operation. 8 Pos. B Compressor stop at manual operation by pressing the key once. See section Control Mode. Please note that if manual was selected from the CONTROL menu. A Compressor start at manual operation by pressing the key once. 2 to 10. 9 is not possible to change to automatic. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 3 Yellow lamp indicating whether the state of operation is automatic or manual. a change will be made between Bar (PSI) and °C/R (°F/R) for saturated vapours when the display shows a suction or discharge pressure. Works only if yellow lamp pos. Red lamp indicating warning or alarm. Recording section Pos. Pos. see section Changing Set Values. At the same time the text "STARTING" (lamp flashes) and "OPERATING" (lamp light steady) can be seen in the bottom line of an operating picture. C A change between manual (yellow lamp on) and automatic (yellow lamp off) takes place by pressing the key once. Quick flashes = alarm. Changing the set values can only be carried out by using the password shown on page 1 in the instruction manual for the UNISAB II in question. E Loading of capacity during manual operation. pos. by means of which menu pictures are selected and values changed. 3 is lit. On reciprocating compressors one capacity stage is unloaded every time the key is pressed. 3 is lit. These pictures are built up in a menu system in which a certain picture can be selected by means of the arrow keys.Screw compressors . or when changing to a higher value.One-stage reciprocating compressors .03 1. Fig.ENG Rev. or when changing to a lower value. 03.Two-stage reciprocating compressors. etc. K Used for moving downwards in a picture in order to point at a certain value. 5.02. Menu structure UNISAB II includes a number of different pictures on compressor operation. 15 0178_426_en_2. 14 J Used for moving upwards in a picture in order to point at a certain value.fm 0178-445 . Pos.UNISAB II 2.09 15/222 . Description of UNISAB II control Pos.1-3 show the structure and the number of pictures in the menu systems for: . set values. configuration. P.PRES.PART I.OUTPUT D. MOTOR CURR RUNNING °C/R °C/R A 100% Main menu SUCTION DISCHARGE OIL MOTOR BRINE ALARM WARNING SETUP J Brine BRINE TEMP.INPUT RUNNING °C °C/R 100% Timers START START STOP START START DELAY STOP DELAY SEC SEC SEC SEC Alarms NO ALARMS Control COMPRESSOR CTRL. input Setup CONTROL MULTISAB TIMERS DIAGNOSIS CALIBRATE CAPACITY CONFIG LANGUAGE Timers TIMERS TIMERS TIMER SETUP SERVICE TIMERS D. MANUAL Service-timers ON TIME HOUR SINCE START Warnings NO WARNINGS Multisab MULTISAB MULTISAB STATE ALL COMPRESSORS PARALLEL CONTR. SYSTEM NO. RUNNING BAR BAR °C 100% Multisab state START NO.PRES. DIFF. °C/R SUCT.SUPERH. T. Date-time HOUR MIN SEC DAY K Dig.Ver. CONFIG CONTROL COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM Auxiliary output AUXILIARY OUTPUT ACTIVE WHEN AT MAX. LOW WARN.PRES.OUTPUT D.INPUT D.03 1. input PRES.5 UNISAB II . °C RUNNING 100% Oil OIL PRES. °C/R DISCH.OUTPUT °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R SEC SEC % % % % Discharge DISCH. Calibrate CALIBRATE PRESS TRANSDUCER BRINE TEMP.DI °C SCH. OIL TEMP.INPUT Dig.BRINE EXT.03 Menu Tree Screw Compressor I Suction SUCT. °C RUNNING 100% PARAMETER SETTING HIGH ALARM HIGH WARN. LOW ALARM ACTUAL SP.PRES.PART REG.BAND T. CAPACITY 4-20 MA input 4 MA 20 MA CAPACITY SETPOINT Config. 2.FUNCTIONS SOFTWARE VERSION Analog.TEMP.OUTPUT D.09 . 1. INP 1 PT 100 INP 1 EXT. # 01 MANUAL SYSTEM # 01 START # 01 100% RUNNING Main picture SUCT. SETPOINT 1 SETPOINT 2 NEUTRALZONE PROP.TEMP.INT.ENG Rev. output D. 03.OUTPUT Capacity CAPACITY CAP POS VI POSITION READY 0% 0% 0% 0% Diagnosis DIAGNOSIS INSPECT OLD ALARMS MISC.PRES.INPUT D.CAP Language H CONTRAST LANGUSGE GB 16/222 0178-445 .DIFF.INPUT D. DISCH.UNISAB II 2.02/2.CONTROLLER RUNS BY ITSELF Motor MOTOR CURR 0A MOTOR POWER 0 kW MOTOR FREQ 0 RPM READY 0% All compressors COMPR.PART D. SUCT. Description of UNISAB II control Fig.SUPERH. °C SUCT. SYS. RUNNING BAR BAR °C 100% All compressors COMPR. OIL PRES.INPUT 100% RUNNING 0178_426_en_2.03 Menu Tree One-stage Reciprocating Compressor Discharge DISCH. INPUT Setup CONTROL MULTISAB TIMERS DIAGNOSIS CALIBRATE CAPACITY CONFIG LANGUAGE Timers TIMERS TIMERS TIMER SETUP SERVICE TIMERS Dig. 2. CAPACITY 4 MA 20 MA CAPACITY SETPOINT Auxiliary output AUXILIARY OUTPUT ACTIVATE WHEN AT MAX. FUNCTIONS SOFTWARE VERSION Analog input PRES.CAP Config. Description of UNISAB II control Fig. °C RUNNING 100% PARAMETER SETTING HIGH ALARM HIGH WARN.02.SUPERH.09 17/222 .PRES.03 1. output D.02/2. DISC. SYSTEM NO.fm Service timers ON TIME HOUR SINCE START Alarms NO ALARMS Control COMPRESSOR CTRL. CONTROLLER NOT MY TURN Oil SUCT.PRES. OUTPUT D. 03. OUTPUT D. # 01 MANUAL SYSTEM # 01 START # 01 RUNNING 100% Motor MOTOR CURR 0A MOTOR POWER 0 kW MOTOR FREQ 0 RPM READY 0% Main picture SUCT. OUTPUT Capacity CAPACITY NOT USED NOT USED READY 0% 0% 0% 0% Diagnosis DIAGNOSIS INSPECT OLD ALARMS MISC. CONTROL COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM Language H CONTRAST LANGUAGE GB 0178-445 . TEMP. INP 1 PT 100 INP 1 EXT. RUNNING °C/R °C °C 100% Multisab state START NO.PRES. °C SUCT. 4-20 MA input Calibrate CALIBRATE PRESS TRANSDUCER BRINE TEMP. OIL TEMP. LOW ALARM ACTUAL SP.6 I Suction SUCT. SYS. SETPOINT 1 SETPOINT 2 NEUTRALZONE PROP. MOTOR CURR RUNNING °C/R °C/R A 100% Main menu SUCTION BRINE DISCHARGE ALARM OIL WARNING MOTOR SETUP Timers START START STOP START START DELAY STOP DELAY SEC SEC SEC SEC J Brine BRINE TEMP. °C/R EXT. °C/R SUCT. INPUT D.Ver. °C SUCT.SUPERH. LOW WARN. K Dig. MANUAL Datetime HOUR MIN SEC DAY Warnings NO WARNINGS Multisab MULTISAB MULTISAB STATE ALL COMPRESSORS PARALLEL CONTR. DISCH.BANDD °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R UNISAB II . DISCH. 1.PRES. INPUT D. INPUT D.PRES. OUTPUT D. TEMP. CONFIG.PRES.ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. input D. °C/R SUCT.OUTPUT D. LOW ALARM ACTUAL SP.INPUT D.PRES. DISCH.PRES.SUPERH. 03. TIMERS DIAGNOSIS LANGUAGE Timers TIMERS TIMERS TIMER SETUP SERVICE TIMERS Dig. LOW WARN. Auxiliary output AUXILIARY OUTPUT ACTIVATE WHWN AT MAX. °C 100% RUNNING Oil SUCT. °C/R EXT. 1. °C SUCT. °C DISCH. DISCH.7 I UNISAB II Ver. SETPOINT 1 SETPOINT 2 NEUTRALZONE PROP.INPUT RUNNING 100% Timers START START STOP START START DELAY STOP DELAY SEC SEC SEC SEC Service timers Alarms NO ALARMS Control COMPR. TYPE REFRIGERAN CONTROL ON VOLUME RATIO. Calibrate CALIBRATE PRES. Description of UNISAB II control Fig. 2. SYS. # 01 MANUAL SYSTEM # 01 START # 01 RUNNING 100% J Main picture SUCH. RUNNING BAR BAR °C 100% Multisab state START NO.OUTPUT D.CTRL MODE MANUAL HOUR ON TIME SINCE START K Date-time HOUR MIN SEC DAY Warnings NO WARNINGS Multisab MULTISAB ALL COMPRESSORS PARALLEL CONTRS Dig.TEMP.03 1. CONTROLLER Motor MOTOR CURR 0A MOTOR POWER 0 kW MOTOR FREQ 0 RPM READY 0% All compressors COMPR. MOTOR CURR RUNNING °C/R °C/R A 100% Main menu SUCTION INTERMED DISCHARGE ALARM OIL WARNING MOTOR SETUP Intermed. °C/R INTERM. CAP Language H CONTRAST LANGUAGE GB 18/222 0178-445 .02/2. output D.BAND °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R °C/R - Discharge °C/R DISCH.PRES.TEMP.ENG Rev. FUNCTIONS SOFTWARE VERSION 4-20 MA input PRES.09 . TRANSDUCER BRINE TEMP. CAPACITY 4-20 MA input 4 MA 20 MA SUCT.SUPERH.PRES. OIL TEMP. °C RUNNING 100% HIGH ALARM HIGH WARN. OIL PRES.PRES.TEMP.PRES. SYSTEM NO. PRES.INPUT D. Config.OUTPUT D.INPUT Setup CONTROL CALIBRATE MULTISAB CAPACITY CONFIG. INTERM. INP 1 PT 100 INR 1 EXT.03 Menu Tree Two-stage reciprocating compressor PARAMETER SETTING Suction SUCT.INPUT D.UNISAB II 2. input D.OUTPUT Capacity CAPACITY NOT USED NOT USED READY 0% 0% 0% 0% Diagnosis DIAGNOSIS INSPECT OLD ARLAMS MISC. DIFF.02. The H and I keys make it possible to move to the left or the right in the menu tree by pressing the keys .0 BAR 0.SUPERH. T. SUCT.09 19/222 . do as follows: With the Main picture in the display. Press H until the Main picture appears. See below for information on how to change the unit.INT.PART REG. press I Press I SUCTION DISCHARGE SUCT.UNISAB II 2. The J and K keys make it possible to move up and down in the menu picture by moving the dark cursor from line to line. To see Set point 1 for suction pressure regulator. Press I Press I 0178-445 .ENG Rev.PART D.PART I. Description of UNISAB II control In the menu tree the selection of pictures is carried out by means of the arrow keys in the recording panel. do as follows: With the main picture in the display. 03.03 1. press I Note: The items from NEUTRAL ZONE and downwards are only shown when the suction pressure unit of measure is °C/R.0 BAR 0A 0% PROP. HIGH ALARM HIGH WARNING LOW WARNING LOW ALARM XX XX XX XX ACTUAL SP SETPOINT 1 SETPOINT 2 NEUTRAL ZONE XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Selecting a picture On delivery UNISAB II will display the following Main picture when voltage is applied. BAND T. OUTPUT 0178_426_en_2. Press K until the cursor is at the desired line.PRESS DISCH.TEMP SUCH. P.PRESS SUCT.PRES MOTOR CURR 0. BLOCKED XX XX XX X OIL MOTOR BRINE ALARM WARNING SETUP Press K until the cursor is at SETUP. SUCTION DISCHARGE OIL MOTOR BRINE ALARM WARNING SETUP To see the set value for the timer START-DELAY. SET POINT 1. which is read.fm BLOCKED It is always possible to return to this picture by pressing the H key. HIGH XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Refrigerant pressure levels as eg suction pressure.UNISAB II 2. START RECT DELAY RECT DISABLl START HP NO CHILLER CAP. PRELUB OIL FLOW FLOW DELAY NO OIL FLOW LUBRIC. PRESS. Press I 24 25 26 27 TIMERS TIMERS TIMERS SETUP SERVICE TIMERS DATE-TIME OIL CHARGING MOTOR FAN PBAND FACTOR TRANSFER TAKE-OVER 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Press K until the cursor is at TIMERS SETUP. discharge pressure or intermediate pressure can be displayed in either Bar or°C/R. Description of UNISAB II control POS. PRESS.PRES.09 . Display in Bar or °C/R POS. MOTOR START PMS FEEDBACK FULL FLW M. briefly press G and the unit displayed will change from Bar to °C/R or vice versa. LOW SUPERH. Vi-PAUSE XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Press K until the cursor is at TIMERS. Press I This example applies to screw compressors. It is possible to switch between these two units when the cursor is at the relevant value by briefly pressing the G key. The user's own picture As it appears from the menu tree.PRESS.ENG Rev. Pressure levels displayed in °C/R are dew point values. first select the picture with SUCT.NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 START START STOP START START DELAY STOP DELAY SUCTION RAMP SLIDE MAX. RECT. LOW OIL TTEMP. HIGH SUPERH. Howev- 20/222 0178-445 . 03. OK OIL PRES LO OIL PRES HI OIL TEMP.TIME DIF. there is a whole range of operating pictures in UNISAB II. Press K until the cursor is at the desired timer START-DELAY. CURR OVERLD. LUBR.03 1. With the cursor on SUCT. Press H until the Main picture appears. NEGATIVE START UNLOAD LOW SUCT. OVERL. OIL PUMP M. To see suction pressure in °C/R. PRESS.NO CONTROL MULTISAB TIMERS DIAGNOSES CALIBRATE CAPACITY CONFIG LANGUAGE 19 20 21 22 23 DISCH. PRESS is to appear again in the main picture. PRESS.SUPERH XX XX XX X OIL PRESS DIFF. If SUCT.02. it is possible to compose a standard picture appearing in the display. PRESS. PRESS and value are moved to line 3 in the main picture and DISCH. Please note that the new value is entered into line 3 and that the value in line 1 disappears. SUCT. PRESS MOTOR CURR OIL TEMP XX XX XX X SUCTION DISCHARGE OIL MOTOR BRINE ALARM WARNING SETUP READY Press I and again I until Press I SUCT. proceed as follows: Press H until the Main picture appears. it is recommended to plan how to compose the picture and in which sequence the values should appear.PRESS OIL TEMP READY XX XX XX X BLOCKED By a quick pressure on G it is possible to switch between Bar and °C/R. line 1. OIL PRESS and value are moved to line 3 in the main picture and SUCT.PRES in line 1 has disappeared from the picture: Press and keep G until the cursor covers the whole line. If the Main picture is required to include eg OIL PRESS instead of SUCT. Press H until the Main picture appears.0 BAR 0. has disappeared from the main picture. PRESS MOTOR CURR OIL TEMP READY XX XX XX X Before changing the main picture. DISC. proceed as follows: Press H until the Main picture appears.03 1. Description of UNISAB II control er. DISC.PRES MOTOR CURR BLOCKED 0. 03. Thus.TEMP SUCT. 0178-445 .ENG Rev.PRESS SUCT.PRESS DISCH.fm Press I and next K until the cursor reach OIL.UNISAB II 2. Press G . a new picture can be constructed.0 BAR 0A 0% 0178_426_en_2.09 21/222 . SUCT. until the cursor covers the entire line. if no suitable combination of measuring values can be found in the same picture. the system will be open for 60 minutes. Press G and the password will be open for 60 minutes for changing of values. Please note that not more than one password can be used at a time. Passwords are required for changing CONFIG. cf section Application of password. It is now possible to enter a personal password by changing the current (shown) password to the one chosen. Change the password in menu: SETUP I DIAGNOSIS I NEW PASSWORD Password To safeguard against unwanted changes of the set values. press G for approx 2 seconds till the following picture appears: With the cursor on NEW PASSWORD. NEW PASSWORD RESET PASSWORD Application of password When the set value to be changed appears in the display and has been marked by the cursor. If the system is required to close earlier. a password must be used before the change can take place. press the G key and enter the current password. Description of UNISAB II control MOTOR CURR OIL PRESS SUCT. The password can be set anywhere between 0001 and 9999. TIMERS. All YORK Refrigeration companies and agents are able to inform of this standard password. By pressing H once more the system will close. When a password has been entered. WARNINGS as well as REGULATING PARAMETERS. enter the correct password.03 1. 03.PRESS READY XX XX XX X Using the H I and K J keys. During this period it is possible to change the system values before it closes again.ENG Rev. NEW PASSWORD +09999 RESET PASSWORD PASWORD 1 2 3 4 SET TO ACCEPT / QUIT 22/222 0178-445 . It is possible to change this standard password to a personal password. ALARMS. Changing of set values The set values in UNISAB II can be changed by means of the keys G H I K J Changing of password On delivery the UNISAB II password is set for a standard four-figure password.UNISAB II 2.09 . press H until the main picture appears. 03. of which it is possible to be informed by contacting YORK Refrigeration. press the G key.TEMP SUCT. • Changing of functions (compressor type.fm HIGH ALARM HIGH WARNING NEW PASSWORD LOW WARNING LOW ALARM RESET PASSWORD NO ACTUAL SP ETC XX XX XX X XX With the cursor on RESET PASSWORD. eg 0 as shown in the picture. is no longer applicable.UNISAB II 2.02.03 1. Press I until the following picture appear: 0178_426_en_2. Press G . See section Application of password.SUPERH READY XX XX XX X • • Select Bar or °C/R by a quick pressure on G. etc. • • • With the K key move the cursor to LOW ALARM.) Changing a value To change the alarm value for LOW SUCTION PRESSURE. The standard password.ENG Rev.) HIGH ALARM HIGH WARNING LOW WARNING LOW ALARM XX XX XX -0.PRESS SUCT.3 BAR 0178-445 . The password is reset to the standard password in the menu: SETUP I DIAGNOSIS I NEW PASSWORD SUCT. do as follows: • From the main picture. Procedure for changing of set values There are two types of changes: • Changing of values (alarms.The signs "+" or "-" may be seen in front of the digit. Description of UNISAB II control Important! It is essential to remember the changed password as any changes of the set values will require the application of the personal password. Enter password if not already open (see section Application of password) The cursor is now moved to the first digit. then enter the special password. etc. press I until this picture appears: Resetting of password In case the password has been changed to a personal password and this is no longer known. it is possible to get a special password by contacting YORK Refrigeration.09 23/222 . It is now possible to reset the personal passwordto the standard password by changing NO into YES by pressing the G key followed by the H key. regulators. This password must be used to reset the personal password to YORK Refrigeration's standard password. set points. • Press G and the cursor moves to the next line. eg . Press I once more CONFIG • CONTROL SETUP COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM • Press I once. press I once. With the K key. If required to change the regulating function to BRINE regulation.09 . change between STOPPED-MANUAL-AUTO-REMOTE. With K. move the cursor to SETUP. if necessary.5 BAR Using the K J keys. Press G . press I once. • COMPRESSOR CONTROL AUTO • HIGH ALARM HIGH WARNING LOW WARNING LOW ALARM XX XX XX -0.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. do as follows: • • • From the Main picture. proceed as follows: • • From the Main picture.the cursor moves to LOW ALARM. CONTROL ON SUCTION 24/222 0178-445 . Press I once more Changing a function. example 1 To change the state of operation from AUTO to REMOTE. Description of UNISAB II control • • Using the arrow keys H I K J. • Changing a function. enter the new value. • CONTROL Press I once more. SUCTION YES YES NO CONTROL ON AUTO START AUTO STOP COLD STORE • Press I once. • AUTO COMPRESSOR CONTROL Press G for approx 2 seconds and enter the password. move the cursor to CONFIG. Press G to confirm.5 BAR. move the cursor to SETUP. CONTROL CONFIG • SUCTION With K.03 1. 03. example 2 • It is now possible to change other values during the 60 minutes the password is open.0. The cursor moves to the text at the right side of the line. and enter the new value. ie the display is impossible to read . Description of UNISAB II control • With the J K keys. • Languages When selecting the menu LANGUAGE. it is usually still possible to read the text by means of a heavy illumination and by viewing from an angle of approx 20 degrees. COOL . UNISAB II is now restored to its Factory setting. Press H and FACTORY RESET is carried out. Press G to confirm. Press G to move the cursor to the second line. The value 20 gives a dark display.BRINE . but it is still possible to make a manual adjustment. Press I once to the picture CONTROL.HOT WATER . Warnings. Carry out factory reset: Press H to CONTROL and K to CONFIG. Should this not be possible .carry out a "blind operation" as follows: 0178_426_en_2. Press I to Factory Reset menu. tables 7 and 8 in section Timers and tables 9A. The value 80 gives a light display.fm 0178-445 . it is always possible to return to the factory settings in the following way: For safety reasons. In the same way other functions may be changed by using the cursor to point them out.ENG Rev. press I once.DISCHARGE . Enter password if not open. Although other values may have been entered after delivery. 03. Timers. the following picture will appear: Factory settings On delivery UNISAB II is programmed with factory settings for all values such as: Alarms.EXT. and I to CONTROL. CONTRAST LANGUAGE 50 GB Contrast (display) The contrast setting of the display takes place automatically. Press J until STOPPED appears. With K.EXT.03 1. Press G and the cursor moves to the right. 4 and 5 in section Alarms and warnings. The contrast can be adjusted from any menu picture by using the keys D and J or K. first make sure the compressor is stopped. Press I once more to COMPRESSOR CONTROL. Select YES by means of J . 2. 9B and 9C in section Compressor regulation. HEAT. Changes can be made during compressor operation. move the cursor to SETUP. See tables 1. Important! A setting within the minimum (20) or maximum (80) area may cause a dimming of the display text. The contrast setting for the best display lies usually between 30 and 50.02.UNISAB II 2. The contrast of the display is adjusted in the main menu or any other menu in the following way: Press the alarm button and K = darker contrast (lower contrast value) or the alarm button and J = lighter contrast (higher contrast). However. From the main picture. Set points. These values are stated in tables for reciprocating and screw compressors respectively. it is now possible to change between: SUCTION . The value is changed just like any other parameter and has an adjusting area from 20-80. Select G to confirm. Press G to confirm. 3.09 25/222 . With K move the cursor to FACTORY RESET. 03. I J and I (see Fig.UNISAB II 2.09 . F E DK D CZ S RUS PL P NL I N H GR TR = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = French Spanish Danish German Czech Swedish Russian Polish Portuguese Dutch Italian Norwegian Hungarian Greek Turkish Languages Like any other function setting (see section Procedure for changing set values). even when the compressor is running: GB FIN = = English Finnish When UNISAB II is switched on for the first time or when a program RESET has been performed. 1. 4.5).ENG Rev.Make sure you are in the Main picture. 26/222 0178-445 . and in the following order: I. 3. possibly to the other extreme. 2. J. Description of UNISAB II control 1.03 1.Keep G pressed for 5 seconds. However. the set language will be English (GB). it should be possible to select a reasonable value (40 or the like). one time each. The contrast of the display should now change gradually. the language can be changed to any of the following. Press the following keys. if necessary by switching the UNISAB II off/on.Press J and/or K. See also section Procedure for changing of set values. always STOP the compressor and activate the emergency stop while making the changes. RELEASE the emergency stop. This is quite normal.PLEASE WAIT Wait a few seconds . BUT if one or more configuration points have to be changed. refrigerant. CONFIG CONTROL COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM ECONOMIZER MOTOR MULTISAB COP COMMUNICATIONS MEASURING UNIT UNIT/PLANT FACTORY RESET CONFIGURATION CHANGED RESTARTING . the sub-menus are composed as follows: 0178-445 . Configuration UNISAB II can be configured to a number of different functions depending on compressor type. but it will always be necessary to make some final settings before start-up. After changing the configuration.03 2. etc.09 27/222 . Configuration 2. At this stage the picture may be dark as the contrast is being In case of a screw compressor.fm adjusted.ENG Rev.02. The configuration points are common for 1) reciprocating and 2) screw compressors and their use is marked in the list. Some of the settings have already been made by the factory.the main picture will appear and UNISAB II will be reconfigured. The configuration points have been divided into sub-menus available from the menu SETUP I CONFIG. 03. the first pressure on H will in some cases display the following picture: 0178_427_en_2.UNISAB II 2. Changes in the points that will lead to the above situation are marked with ** in the following configuration table. The immediate configuration can always be checked during operation. LO. UNLOAD SMC106E 400m3/h NO MAN NO NO 0.20 l/pls 3. NO 24 BAUD RATE YES 1 19200 EVOL.0% NO SETUP I CONFIG I COP 30 COP ACTIVE 36 FLOW FACTOR 37 LIQ. TEMP 0.ENG Rev. SUCT. 47 RANGE MOTOR kW 35 MOTOR SIZE 46 ROTATUNE 48 MIN FREQ 49 MAX FREQ 1200 A 1000 kW 500 kW YES 1000 RPM 6000 RPM 44 MOTOR SIGNAL 53 MOTOR INPUT 54 CAP/FREQ SETUP I CONFIG I UNIT/PLANT 2 REFRIGERANT 32 CHILLER R22 NO 28/222 0178-445 .0 C SETUP I CONFIG I COMMUNICATIONS 38 DANBUSS 10 COMPR. ZERO 28 MANUAL ZERO 34 VI MODE 23 ADD.UNISAB II 2. HI.POS SETUP I CONFIG I MOTOR 19 RANGE MOTOR CUR.0% 70. SUBCOOL NO . MASTER 15 COMMON EVAP/COND 16 HP ON TWO STAGE 31 TAKE OVER COMPR# N/N NO NO SETUP I CONFIG I COMPRESSOR 1 TYPE 20 SWEPT VOLUM 9 BOOSTER 4 VOLUME RATIO 12 ECONOMIZER 27 MECH.03 2. 03.0 C/R 52 BAUD RATE SETUP I CONFIG I MEASURING UNIT 26 PRESS/TEMP 45 PRESS BAR/C -1/9-1/25 kW 4-20 mA CAP. Configuration SETUP I CONFIG I CONTROL 3 CONTROL ON 5 AUTO START 6 AUTO STOP 21 COLD STORE 22 CLIMA COMP SUCTION YES YES NO NO SETUP I CONFIG I MULTISAB 11 PREF.09 .0% 0. CAP 14 ECO. FX2N 0 9600 QUANTUM 77 1200 YES 3 12M SETUP I CONFIG I OIL SYSTEM 7 PRELUBRICATION 8 FULL FLOW PUMP 18 OIL COOLING 17 WATER COOLED 25 OIL RECTIFIER NO NO NONE NO NO 29 PORT1 39 NODE NO 40 BAUD RATE 41 PORT 2 42 NODE NO 43 BAUD RATE 50 PROFIBUS 51 NODE NO SETUP I CONFIG I ECONOMIZER 13 ECO. No Yes.NO. Hot water. No Yes. Discharge. Press G to confirm. When finished changing the values. Ext. CONFIGURATION 0178_427_en_2. No 1 to 14 Compressor. • The following table (cf next page) gives a description of each configuration point as well as possible choices with reference to the position numbers in the previous pictures. With J or K move the cursor to the next value to be changed.02. MASTER ECONOMIZER ECO LO CAP ECO HI SUCT COMM. No Yes. Move the cursor with K and J to the relevant sub-menu and press I . Move the cursor with K to the function that is going to be changed.cool.ENG Rev. R410A. N/Y.fm No *1* *2* Function TYPE REFRIGERANT for Possible choices 1) Reciprocating and 2) Screw 1)2) R717. R1270. No Yes. which will make UNISAB II restart. move the cursor to CONFIG. PREF. R744. 03. FULL FLOW PUMP BOOSTER COMPR. Press G and enter password if not already open. Ext. R22.09 29/222 . EVAP/CONDENS 1)2) 2) 1)2) 1)2) 2) 2) 2) 1)2) 1)2) 2) 2) 2) 1)2) 0178-445 .heat. Y/N. No 0% to 100% -100°C/Rto 100 °C/R N/N. Man. R23. R404a. Start Yes. Brine. Auto Yes. use H to quit the sub-menu and thereby to activate the possible changes. Configuration SETUP I CONFIG I FACTORY RESET 33 FACTORY RESET NO • • • Use the H I and J K keys to enter the new configuration. R502.UNISAB II 2. R407C. R290. R134A. R000 Suction. Y/Y 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *10* 11 12 13 14 15 CONTROL ON VOLUME RATIO AUTO START AUTO STOP PRELUB. R507. Carry out configuration as follows: • • • • Select the picture SETUP. and press I once.03 2. UNISAB II 2. No Yes. HLI/BLI. No Yes. No Yes. 3-way valve. EVOLUTION A1S.01 to 10 litres per pulse 0° C to 99. KPA /°C Yes. AKV 0 Amp to 2500 Amp 0 m3/h to 12000 m3/h Yes. SUBCOOL DANBUSS NODE NO (Port 1) BAUD RATE (Port 1) PORT 2 NODE NO (Port 2) BAUD RATE (Port 2) MOTOR SIGNAL for 1)2) 1) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1) 1) 1)2) 2) 1)2) 2) 2) 1) 2) 1) 2) 1) 1) 2) 1)2) 2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) 1)2) Possible choices Yes. No 70% to 97% 0 to 2500 kW 0. No Yes. No Yes. No 0% til 40% NONE. Configuration CONFIGURATION No 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 *24* 25 *26* 27 28 *29* 30 31 32 *33* 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Function HP ON TWO STAGE WATER COOLED OIL COOLING RANGE M. Normal.PSI / ° F. UNLOAD BAUD RATE OIL RECTIFIER PRESS/TEMP MECHANICAL ZERO MANUAL ZERO PORT 1 COP ACTIVE TAKE OVER CHILLER FACTORY RESET VI MODE MOTOR SIZE FLOW FACTOR LIQ. Thermo pump. EVOLUTION FX2N Yes. No BAR / ° C. 03.ENG Rev. No 1200 Baud to 19200 Baud Yes.9° C Yes (not changeable) 0 (not changeable) 1200 baud to 38400 baud NONE or QUANTUM 1 to 99 1200 (not changeable) kW or Amp 30/222 0178-445 . No No.09 .03 2.CURR SWEPT VOLUME COLD STORE CLIMA CONTROL ADD. No Yes. 09 31/222 .-1/25.fm 0178-445 . No 0-2500 kW 700 to 2000 revolutions 1100 to 12000 revolutions Yes./Freq.02. pos. No 1 to 254 12 mbit (not changeable) 0-1 amp / 4-20 mA Cap.-1/59 Yes. 0178_427_en_2. Configuration CONFIGURATION No 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Function PRESSURE ROTATUNE RANGE MOTOR (kW) POWER MINIMUM FREQUENCY MAXIMUM FREQUENCY PROFIBUS NODE NO BAUD RATE MOTOR INPUT CAP/FREQ for 1)2) 1)2) Possible choices -1/9 . 03.ENG Rev. -1/25 .03 2.UNISAB II 2. Configuration Pos.ENG Rev.16 .03 2. 03.20 GST 25 .31 .41 GSV 50 L GSV 64 L GSV 84 L GSV 111 L GSV 147 L GSV 185 L GSV 224 L RWF 270 L GSV 263 L GSV 331 L GSV 339 L RWF 480 L GSV 412 L → 0153 L GSV 412 L → 0154 L GSV 562 L → 0222 K GSV 562 L 0222 K → GSV 715 L → 0109 XL GSV 715 L 0110 XL → GSV 900 L GSV 50 H GSV 64 H 32/222 0178-445 . 1: TYPE NOT-DEF SMC 104 S/L SMC 104 E SMC 106 S/L SMC 106 E SMC 186 SMC 108 S/L SMC 108 E SMC 188 SMC 112 S/L SMC 112 E SMC 116 S/L SMC 116 E CMO 24 CMO 26 CMO 28 TSMC 108 S/L TSMC 108 E TSMC 188 TSMC 116 S/L TSMC 116 E TCMO 28 TCMO 28NEW HPC 104 S HPC 106 S HPC 108 S HPO 24 HPO 26 HPO 28 SAB 110 S SAB 110 L SAB 128HMK1 SAB 128HMK2 SAB 163HMK1 SAB 163BMK1 SAB 163HMK2 VMY MK2 VMY 347 H VMY 347 M VMY 447 H VMY 447 M SAB 202 S SAB 202 L SAB 128H MK3 SAB 163H MK3 SAB 330S SAB 330 L SAB 330E SAB 80 FV 17/19 *SV 17/19 FV 24/26 SV 24/26 S 50 S 70 S 93 SAB 128 HR SAB 163 HR GST 13 .UNISAB II 2.09 . Note: Choose GVS/RWF L for compressors with “low volume range” (1. the refrigerant curve must be entered in picture SETUP I CALIBRATION I DEF. I PARAMETER.0). DISCHARGE: Pressure is measured by the built-in pressure transducer on the compressor discharge side. 3: CONTROL ON: SUCTION BRINE DISCHARGE HOT WATER EXT. R717 R22 R502 R23 R404A R134A R507 R410A R407C R744 R 1270 R 290 R000 For R407C (and all other refrigerants) the converted pressure is always shown as dew point values.0) and GSV/RWF H for compressors with “high volume range” (2.PRES I PARAMETER. See also section Compressor control and surveillance. See compressor name plate for indication af volume range. Define refrigerant R000. HOT WATER: Temperature is measured by an extra Pt 100 sensor in the water output of the condenser. HEAT SUCTION: Pressure is measured by the built-in pressure transducer on the compressor suction side.09 33/222 . Pos.3.7 .UNISAB II 2.02. Set point is set in the picture DISCH.PRESS I PARAMETER.ENG Rev. 2: REFRIGERANT NOT-DEF.GSB 465 are not yet supported. Before the user-defined refrigerant R000 is chosen. BRINE: Temperature is measured by an extra Pt 100 sensor in the water output of the evaporator.2 5.fm GSV 84 H GSV 111 H GSV 147 H GSV 185 H GSV 224 H RWF 270 H GSV 263 H GSV 331 H GSV 339 H RWF 480 H GSV 412 H → 0153 L GSV 412 H → 0154 L GSV 562 H → 0222 K GSV 562 H 0222 K → GSV 715 H → 0109 XL GSV 715 H 0110 XL → GSV 900 H GSB 84 . COOL EXT. Set point is set in 0178-445 .03 2. Set point is set in the picture SUCT. REFRIGERANT R000. Pos.GSB 465 SAB 283 L SAB 283 E SAB 355 L SAB 110 SR/LR Note: Please note that the screw compressors SV 17/19 and GSB 84 . 03. Configuration 0178_427_en_2. Set point is set in the picture BRINE TEMP. The points 4 mA as well as 20 mA must be set as the max (20 mA) and min (4 mA) values of the sensor. I PARAMETERS. Prelubrication time is set in picure TIMERS I TIMER SETUP. See also section Timer Setup. Use pump for prelubrication before start-up and to maintain minimum oil pressure during operation. neutral zone and prop. select EXTERNAL INPUT SIGNAL in picture SETUP I CALIB I 4-20 mA input. Select NO for all other screw compressors. Select EXTERNAL INPUT SIGNAL in picture SETUP I CALIB I 4-20 mA input. EXT. Pos.HEAT: At this stage it is possible to connect an external 4-20 mA transducer as heating function.ENG Rev. compressor must be fitted with solenoid valves. during operation compressor regulates automatically. Select BRINE I EXT. VMY Mk2.COOL: At this stage it is possible to connect an external 4-20 mA transducer as cooling function.03 2. Configuration the picture BRINE I BRINE TEMP. See also section Regulators Pos. b. SV 24/26 and FV 24/26. Select YES for SAB Mk1. SAB 330. 5: AUTO START NO YES If YES is selected. SAB 250.09 . neutral zone and prop.UNISAB II 2. SAB 202. At the same time remember to set set points 1 and 2. prelubrication will start. When prelubrication is completed.band. 7: PRELUBRICATION (screw compr. 6 :AUTO STOP NO YES If YES is selected. See also section Regulators EXT. start compressor manually even though in AUTO/REMOTE. Pos. FV 19.) NO YES Select YES for VMY Mk3 compressor provided it is fitted with FULL FLOW PUMP. etc for automatic regulation of Vi slide. 4: VOLUME RATIO (screw compr. Regulation is now automatic. 03. ie at a rising signal the compressor will load capacity. The points 4 mA as well as 20 mA must be set as the max (20 mA) and min (4 mA) values of the sensor. INPUT I PARAMETER and enter regulator set point. compressor will stop automatically at minimum capacity by decreasing demand. INPUT I PARAMETER and enter regulator set point. which includes time settings. compressor will start by itself in AUTO/REMOTE depending on what is required. Howver. compressor will start. Pos. Select BRINE I EXT. compressor must be stopped manually even if AUTO or REMOTE has been selected in COMPRESSOR CTRL. If NO is selected. 8: FULL FLOW PUMP (screw compr.) NO YES a. which determine at which pressure levels the 34/222 0178-445 .) MANUAL/AUTO If AUTO is selected. Select NO for all other compressor types. Furthermore. SAB Mk3. Pos.band. VMY Mk3. MODE. ie at a falling signal the compressor will load capacity. When compressor has received starting signal. If NO is selected. For more details. Pos. SAB 202. Select picture OIL PRESS I PARAMETER. By a combined ECO and HLI operation the set value must not be above -20°C/R. Pos. MASTER START# COMPR# COMPR#: If COMPR# is selected. Pos.10: COMPR. connect the economizer.02. SELECT 5. SELECT 7.09 35/222 .separate evaporator for each compressor.separate evaporator and condenser for each compressor. Pos. NO. disconnect the economizer again.5 Bar. If the suction pressure of the economizer is above this value.) NO YES 0178_427_en_2.0 Bar. 13: ECO LO CAP (screw compr. this function must be selected. 1 to 14 This no must be entered into UNISAB II.03 2. VMY Mk3. the solenoid valves connected in the economizer system will be closed. If the slide position is 20% below this value. The connection is important as regards the regulation of the compressor volume ratio. Two compressors must under no circumstances have the same number. Configuration pump is going to start and stop. Pos. The compressor has now been "named". 11: PREF. Note that both SAB Mk3. START#: If START# is selected. Pos. N/Y . 12: ECONOMIZER (screw compr. see Compressor control and surveillance. the compressor which has the lowest starting number and which is in REMOTE (MULTISAB) will be the regulator. Hysteresis of 2°C/R.UNISAB II 2.) -100 to +100°C/R With ECO operation it is possible to enter a suction pressure value in °C/R. independent of the starting sequence. 03. SET POINT 2 is the pressure at which the pump will stop.fm YES means that the oil pump will run continuously during compressor operation. SV/FV and GSV/SGC compressors are fitted with differential pressure controlled oil pumps (see table 1) and consequently do not use this configuration point. Thus the economizer is connected/disconnected according to the compressor operation.) NO YES If the compressor is connected to an economizer. XX LOW WARNING SET POINT 1 SET POINT 1 XX XX XX SET POINT 1 is the pressure at which the pump will start. 0178-445 . 9: BOOSTER (screw compr. 15: COMMON EVAP/COND N/N N/Y Y/N Y/Y This point can be configured to the following four values: N/N .) 0 to 100% If the immediate slide position is higher than the set value. the compressor with the lowest no (pos 10) will always be the regulator in a MULTISAB system. 14: ECO HI SUCT (screw compr. The capacity slide can thus be moved at low pressure conditions.ENG Rev. Pos. Please note that the compressor does not stop before the starting permission has been removed even though there is no cooling requirement. Configuration but common condenser. HP on TWO-STAGE Pos. Factory value: 100°C. 17: WATER COOLED (recip.common evaporator. The solenoid valve for intermediate pressure liquid injection is activated when the compressor has started and the discharge pipe temperature gets too high. The set point has fixed hysteresis of 5K.09 . Water cooling output is closed at compressor stop according to adjustable time delay. Pos. but separate condenser for each compressor. This is only possible if a separate evaporator has been configured.03 2.common evaporator and condenser for each plant (ie compressors with a MULTISAB system no). Cooling starts at 90°C and stops at (90-5) = 85°C. TEMP I PARAMETER. SET POINT 2. 03. This is only possible on plants with separate condensers. Intermediate pressure liquid injection (twostage reciprocating compressors) The intermediate pressure liquid injection for TSMC/TCMO compressors is active whenever the compressor is configured to TCMO or TSMC. 16: HP ON TWO STAGE NO YES Usually NO is chosen In special cases on a two-stage plant YES can be selected for HP compressors.UNISAB II 2. 36/222 0178-445 .compr. Ex. Ex. Adjusting range: -20°C-+150°C. The set point for this value is entered in picture: DISCH. The compressors can thus be forced to start by means of the input "External starting permission". The set point for this value is set in picture DISCH. The set point has fixed hysterisis of 5°K.: Sp 1 = 100°C: Cooling starts at 100°C and stops at (100-5) = 95°C. SET POINT 1.) NO YES Water cooling output is activated by a rising discharge pipe temperature. On plants with a common evaporator the suction pressure limiter cannot start the next compressor in the sequence. Y/N .ENG Rev. See detailed description in section Compressor control and surveillance. The regulator controls the solenoid valve through the liquid injection digital output.TEMP I PARAMETER. In picture TIMERS I TIMER SETUP adjust time delay OIL COOL ON.: Sp2 = 90°C. Y/Y . On plants with a common condenser the discharge limiter cannot start the next compressor in the sequence. 03.pressure liquid injection +35 +75 +55 5(fixed) +35 5(fixed) +100 5(fixed) +100 5(fixed) °C °C °C °C °C °C °C 0 +75 -20 +150 -20 +150 0178_427_en_2. Difference Interm. Difference Oil cooling Set point 2/oil temp.setting No. 18: Oil cooling . normal Set point 1/disch.09 37/222 . pipe temp. Type of regulator Minimum Maximum Factory setting Unit RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS 2 Set point 1/oil temp.03 2. Neutral zone Prop. Neutral zone Prop.pipe temp. Configuration Pos. Difference HLI/BLI cooling Set point 1/oil temp.pipe temp. Band AKV (HLI) oil cooling +35 +75 +50 5(fixed) °C °C 3 -20 +150 +40 2(fixed) +50 4 5 °C °C °C °C °C 5 +35 0 0 +75 100 100 6 -20 0 1 +150 10 100 40 0 10 °C °C °C 0178-445 . Difference Oil cooling.02. Difference Water cooling Set point 2/disch.band Oil cooling Three-way valve Set point 1/pressure pipe temp. Difference Oil heating Set point 1/disch.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev.fm SCREW COMPRESSORS 2 Set point 1/oiltemp. The set point for discharge pipe temperature is adjusted in the parameter picture DISCH. 03.) HLI/BLI (Screw compressors) TH. In the same picture NEUTRAL ZONE and PROPORTIONAL BAND can be adjusted. which is regulated according to oil temperature.: Set point 1 = 40°C: Cooling starts at 40°C and stops at (40-2) = 38°C. signal is read correctly on UNISAB II as the current absorbed by the motor. The HLI-AKV cooling outlet is activated by rising discharge pipe temperature. 6) for oil cooling. NEUTRAL ZONE and PROPORTIONAL BAND can now be set. Oil cooling output is closed at compressor stop according to adjustable time delay. Ex.19: RANGE M. The set point for this value is set in picture DISCH.: Set point 1 = 40°C: Cooling starts at 40°C and stops at (40-5) = 35°C.03 2. the AKV valve is kept open from 0 to 6 seconds depending on the regulator output signal. 3) HLI/BLI Oil cooling output is activated by rising discharge temperature. SET POINT. Any indication errors can be eliminated from the reading on the display by multiplying the measuring range with a correcting Ex. In picture TIMERS I TIMER SETUP adjust time delay OIL COOL ON.09 . 18: OIL COOLING 1) NONE 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 1) 2) NORMAL (Screw and recip. However. Enter current in picture MOTOR I MOTOR CURR I PARAMETER. The set point for this value is set in picture OIL TEMP I PARAMETER I SETPOINT 1. SET POINT 1. SET POINT 1. Configuration Pos. it can be used provided that a valve with motor drive is fitted. reciprocating compr. During a period of 6 seconds. Example: Set point 1= 60°C Neutral Zone= 4°C Proportional Band= 5°C The regulator keeps the discharge pipe temperature between 58°C and 62°C.ENG Rev. AKV Direct regulation of HLI cooling by pulse width modulated AKV valve. compr.) THREE-WAY (Screw compressor) AKV NONE Oil cooling disconnected. This regulator is usually not used. The set point for this value is set in picture OIL TEMP I PARAMETER.UNISAB II 2.TEMP I PARAMETER. The set point has a fixed hysteresis of 2K. The set point has fixed hysteresis of 5K.PUMP Output for activating thermo pump takes place at compressor start-up. NORMAL Oil cooling output is activated by rising oil temperature.PUMP (Thermo pump. THREE-WAY Used for controlling three-way motor valve 5) 38/222 0178-445 . CURR 0 to 2500A This value can be read on the current transformer at the compressor motor guard (not on the compressor motor) so that the 0-1 Amp.TEMP I PARAMETER. Pos. No regulation is connected to this function. 4) TH. See detailed description under the function Cold store. This only applies to UNISAB II versions manufactured from May 1998 supplied with revision G relay prints (relay no 7 will in such cases be mounted in the socket).) NO YES Select YES for SMC compressors fitted with additional solenoid valve for add. To avoid a high oil temperature at this stage of operation.03 2. 24: BAUD RATE 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 In this position the speed at which several UNISAB II units communicate with each other can be set. Configuration factor: Correction = Measured current Display reading Pos.20 mA temperature transducer must be connected.fm Read the swept volume on the compressor name plate. Usually always select the highest baud rate that all units on the network can use.02. When the compressor is started. the flow temperature can be raised or lowered. a fixed time limit of 300 seconds which will stop the compressor on expiry has been corporated. depending on the outside temperature. Pos. An extra 4 . 22: CLIMATE CONTROL NO YES If the compressor is used for water/brine cooling or for heating water. UNLOAD (reciprocating compr. For detailed description see section Climatic control. but during operation MAN/AUTO/REMOTE it will be able to unload down to 0% capacity. TCMO and TSMC. it will affect the way the MULTISAB system starts and regulates the compressors in a common system.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. On plants consisting solely of reciprocating compressors the above is not relevant. unload. Pos. 0178_427_en_2.09 39/222 .200 baud. Pos. 0178-445 . The new UNISAB II allows a communication speed of up to 19. adjust speed to 1200 baud. the maximum is 9600 baud. 21: COLD STORE NO YES If this function is chosen. it will still activate the first capacity stage. 23: ADD. If UNISAB II is connected with UNISAB I and/or PROSAB II. 20: SWEPT VOLUME 0 to 12000 m3/h The compressor swept volume must be entered in plants which only consist of: • • Screw compressors Screw and reciprocating compressors in the same system. Select NO for all other reciprocating compressors and always for CMO. 03. For older UNISAB II units. Pos. before entering the current in the UNISAB II display. 28: MANUAL ZERO 0 to 40% For screw compressors without automatic zero point setting. it is possible manually to set a "zero point" below which the compressor capacity slide is not allowed to fall while the compressor is operating. kPa and °C or US units: PSI and °F.ENG Rev. the value 0% must be kept in FACT. Pos. Pos. 03. 30: COP ACTIVE Note that the use of COP ACTIVE requires UNISAB II to be fitted with the add-on printed circuit board UNICOM IF.see the following table. Thus corrected capacity is calculated and shown correctly. 26: PRESS/TEMP BAR/°C PSI/°F KPA/°C Pressure levels and temperatures can be displayed in either SI units: Bar. Configuration Pos. Thus corrected capacity is calculated and shown correctly . 27: MECHANICAL ZERO NO YES Only in case the compressor has a built-in spacer block as well as automatic Vi regulation. cf UNISAB II COP Manual. Oil Rectifying Delay and Oil Rectifying Blocked. COP measuring requires an extra card for flow measuring as well as a motor efficency measuring device. 40/222 0178-445 . which has automatic zero point setting.09 .03 2. In case the compressor has a built-in spacer block as well as automatic Vi regulation. check also the timers Oil Rectifying Start. Pos. NONE EVOLUTION A1S EVOLUTION FX2N Select EVOLUTION A1S or EVOLUTION FX2N if UNISAB II is to be used as an EVOLUTION control. 25: OIL RECTIFIER NO YES The oil rectifying function is used on brine plants in marine execution. 29: PORT 1 Note that the use of PORT 1 requires UNISAB II to be fitted with the add-on printed circuit board UNICOM IF. In case this function is selected. Select NONE if UNISAB II is to be used as an EVOLUTION control. setting. NO YES Select YES if UNISAB II is fitted with a function for COP measuring (Coefficient Of Performance. Pos. See also pos. MANUAL ZERO is used for reducing the travel of the capacity slide by the entered percentage. 27 MECHANICAL ZERO. For SAB 202. MECHANICAL ZERO must be set for YES. Select NO if UNISAB II is not used for COP measuring. Pos.UNISAB II 2. ie an extended (PLCY) control in which UNISAB II is integrated with a PLC control. ie cooling efficiency of compressor). In this way the travel of the capacity slide is automatically reduced by the percentage (0-40%) entered in MANUAL ZERO. The value [0-40%] to be entered in MANUAL ZERO must be of the following size: Manual zero Max movement of capacity slide 2 Lenght of spacer block 4 x 100 [%] See the following table. NONE or QUANTUM Select QUANTUM if UNISAB II is to work together with one or more Quantum compressor control- 0178-445 . 38: DANBUSS YES (not changeable) Functions as header of the menu Communication. See section COP setting. Configuration Pos. 0178_427_en_2. 35: MOTOR SIZE 0 to 2500 kW or Amp This selection is identical to MOTOR SIZE found in menu CALIBRATE I CALIBRATE COP.ENG Rev. SUBCOOL 0 to 99.UNISAB II 2. 40: BAUD RATE ( Port 1) 1200 to 38400 baud Selection of communication speed for the optional communication port 1 (see Pos. Pos. Shows that the succeeding COMPR. See section COP setting. Pos. Pos. 29). 29). Pos.9 °C This selection is identical to LIQ. 41: PORT 2 Note that the use of PORT 2 requires UNISAB II to be fitted with the add-on printed circuit board UNICOM IF. 33: FACTORY SETTING NO YES With this function it is possible to restore the original values as determined ex factory. 03. ie UNISAB II and a UNISAB II chiller control are connected via a communication cable. Current configuration as well as calibration values for pressure transducers and brine temperatures will remain unchanged. 39: NODE NO ( Port 1) 0 (not changeable) When the optional communication port 1 is not used or used for EVOLUTION (see Pos. 34: VI MODE 70 to 97% This point is only relevant for screw compressors with electrical slide control. 37: LIQ. operates in a combined plant of reciprocating and screw compressors and the function MULTISAB TAKE OVER/TRANSFER is required.fm See UNISAB II-Chiller Manual. See section Factory settings. Pos. which always runs the Danbuss protocol. 36: FLOW FACTOR 0. Always select NO if UNISAB II is not connected to a UNISAB II chiller Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos.09 41/222 .01 to 10 l/pls This selection is identical to FLOW FACTOR found in menu CALIBRATE I CALIBRATE COP.02. See section Electrical slide control. SUBCOOL found in menu CALIBRATE I CALIBRATE COP. Pos. the NODE NO is fixed and cannot therefore be changed. NO and BAUD RATE refer to the main communication port. 31: TAKE OVER (reciprocating compressors) NO YES Select YES if UNISAB II is configured as a reciprocating compressor. See section COP setting. 32: CHILLER NO YES1) Chiller 2) Evolution Select YES if UNISAB II is used as part of a chiller unit control.03 2. Pos. Note: This function will be active from EPROM version 2. 03. 43: BAUD RATE (Port 2) 1200 (not changeable) Selection of communication speed for the optional communication port 2 (see Pos. 53. select a node number which is not identical to any of the Quantum node numbers. 42: NODE NO (Port 2) 1 to 99 If UNISAB II is to communicate with QUANTUM (Pos. See converter instruction manual and list of settings for details. Enter the motor nominal power in the picture MOTOR I MOTOR SIZE I PARAMETER. 42/222 0178-445 . Pos. For further information. Pos. For use of Vacon converter.1/9 . the measured signal can be either an ampere or a kW signal. this value is read on the frequency converter name plate and multiplied by two so that the 4-20 mA signal is read correctly in UNISAB II as the motor power. ie in minimum permissible frequency. Select NO if this compressor is to run in seqence with another Rotatune compressor. 41). Configuration lers (also manufactured by YORK Refrigeration) and/or with one or more Grammatic 2502 compressor controllers.1 Amp AC. 48: MINIMUM FREQUENCY 700 to 2000 revolutions The minimum number of revolutions which can be shown on the UNISAB II display when the analog output signal is 4 mA from the UNICOM IF add-on printed circuit board to the frequency converter. use terminals 35-36 for 0 . please see ROTA Appendix to UNISAB II manual. Pos. Pos.03 2. 41).1/25 -1/25-1/59 Shows the pressure range for pressure transmitters mounted on compressor. In case of kW signal input. In case of Amp signal input.ENG Rev. As Quantum reguires 1200 baud fixed. This appendix describes the use of frequency converters together with UNISAB II. See moreover ROTA Appendix to UNISAB II manual. use terminals 35-40 for 4-20 mA DC. 46: ROTATUNE NO YES Select YES if UNISAB II is fitted on a compressor with frequency converter and if this compressor is to run in sequence with one or more conventional screw or reciprocating compressors. Select NONE. the speed cannot be changed. In this case choose 4-20 mA in configuration point pos. if Port 2 is not used. 44: MOTOR SIGNAL kW or Amp When not using UNICOM IF print.1/25 -1/59 for heat pump operation or operation with R744 (CO2).UNISAB II 2. 45: PRESS . This appendix describes the use of frequency converters together with UNISAB II. it is also possible to use the 4-20 mA terminals 35-40 for reading Ampere.09 . Pos.01 ROTA and later versions. Usually -1/9 -1/25 is selected for ordinary compressor operation (default) and . Pos. 47: RANGE MOTOR (kW) 0-2500 kW POWER Enter the value corresponding to 20mA input. See also QUANTUM manual S90-010-M and S90-010-O. The frequency converter must of course be configured correctly. However. Pos. 03.Pos.1 amp / 4 .ENG Rev.fm Only for internal use within YORK Marine Group. Pos. 54: CAPACITY/FREQUENCY Cap. Configuration Pos. 52: BAUD RATE 12 mbit (cannot be changed) Pos.Pos. 0178-445 . This appendix describes the use of frequency converters together with UNISAB II. See moreover ROTA Appendix to UNISAB II manual. Select 4-20 mA when the measured motor current is supplied from a 4-20 mA transmitter.20 mA Select 0-1 amp when the measured motor current is supplied from a current transformer with ampere ratio xxx/1 amp connected to the terminals 35-36. See converter instruction manual and list of settings for details. if the terminal input for capacity (terminal row 29-30-31) is connected to a capacity slide transmitter. Pos. for instance a frequency converter or other equipment. Select NO if the above is not the case. Frequency Select Cap.UNISAB II 2. 49: MAXIMUM FREQUENCY 1100 to 12000 revolutions The maximum number of revolutions which can be shown on the UNISAB II display when the analog output signal is 20 mA from the UNICOM IF add-on printed circuit board to the frequency converter. The frequency converter must of course be configured correctly. Pos. select node number which is different from the node numbers of the PLC control. Select YES if UNISAB II is fitted with UNICOM IF add-on printed circuit board and is to communicate with Mitsubishi PLC via PROFIBUS communication. Select Frequency if the terminal input for capacity (terminal row 29-30-31) is connected to a frequency converter so that changes in the motor frequency are shown as changes in the capacity. The terminals 35 and 40 are used here.03 2.02. 50).09 43/222 . 50: PROFIBUS NO YES 0178_427_en_2. ie in maximum permissible frequency. 53: MOTOR INPUT 0 . 51: NODE NO 1 to 254 If UNISAB II is to communicate with Mitsubishi PLC (Pos. Man Vi SAB 202 LF.03 2. Man Vi SAB 202 SM. Aut Vi SAB 202 SF.5 96 < -20°C > -20°C < -20°C Length of spacer block 4 mm 22 NONE 31. Aut Vi SAB 163 HF Mk2. Aut Vi SAB 283 L SAB 283 E SAB 355 L SAB 330 S SAB 330 L SAB 330 E 314 391 350 262 371 480 Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant Not relevant 317 ALL NONE ** NO * FACT 0% 245 ALL NONE ** NO * FACT 0% 160 > -20°C NONE NO FACT 0% < -20°C 38. Aut Vi SAB 202 LF. Man Vi SAB 163 HF Mk2.1 Screw compressor type 1 SAB 110SM SAB 110SF SAB 110 LM SAB 110 LF SAB 128 HM Mk2 SAB 128 HF Mk2 SAB 128 HM Mk3 SAB 128 HF Mk3 SAB 163 M Mk1. Man Vi SAB 202 LM. Man Vi SAB 163 F Mk1. Aut Vi SAB 202 LM.R717/R22 2 3 mm 84. Aut Vi SAB 163 HM Mk3.5 YES 24 % 160 > -20°C NONE NO FACT0% < -20°C 38. Man Vi SAB 163 HM Mk2. Aut Vi SAB 163 HF Mk3. 44/222 0178-445 . Man Vi SAB 163 HF Mk3. Configuration Table 2. Man Vi SAB 163 HM Mk2. the automatic zero setting is eliminated. only insert a value different from 0% after having contacted YORK Refrigeration. 03. Therefore. Man Vi SAB 163 HM Mk3.ENG Rev. Aut Vi SAB 202 SM.5 Mechanical zero 5 (pos 27) NO NO NO Manual zero 6 (pos 28) 0% FACT 0% 0% * If another value than the factory set value of 0% is inserted.UNISAB II 2.09 . Man Vi SAB 202 SF.5 NO 0% 126 > -20°C NONE NO FACT 0% Max movement Evaporating of capacity slide temp. 03 2. Therefore. 03.UNISAB II 2. 0178_427_en_2.09 45/222 .02. Configuration ** If another value than NO is inserted. the automatic zero setting is eliminated.ENG Rev. only insert a value different from No after having contacted YORK Refrigeration.fm 0178-445 . UNISAB II 2.09 .ENG Rev.03 2. Configuration 46/222 0178-445 . 03. The picture ALARM also shows the exact time of the alarm. The reason for the warning can be seen in the picture WARNING. the red light diode will continue to flash. UNISAB II does not check whether ALARM and WARNING limits have been interchanged by a mistake (eg if warning limit for high discharge pressure is set higher than the alarm limit). Note that in case of warning.ENG Rev. In the picture ALARM the reason for the alarm can be read. 0178_428_en. In case an alarm limit is exceeded. Consequently.09 47/222 . The set values for high and low alarms as well as the factory values are stated in the following tables 1-5. if the alarm value is still outside the limit. When the situation has returned to normal. However. the red light diode above the D key will begin to flash slowly. These are followed by explanatory notes. The red light diode above the D key will start to flash quickly. Alarms and Warnings 3. The alarm relay works by connecting the alarm/common switch during alarm and by disconnecting it once the alarm is reset. which also shows whether there are several simultaneous warnings. and the warning and alarm relays will return to their normal position. If a warning limit is exceeded. and at the same time the alarm relay will change its position. the compressor will stop immediately.03 3. the D key must be pressed once more. during adjustments check that the settings are correct. Alarms and Warnings Analog alarms and warnings ALARM and WARNING limits can be set separately as described in section Changing the set values. The alarm is reset by pressing the D key. When the warning disappears.fm 0178-445 . it is automatically removed from the picture WARNING and the relay returns to its normal position. See also under Diagnosis. a limiter might be active as described in section Limiting functions. and the warning relay will be activated. 03.UNISAB II 2. 0 0.5 0.0 5.0 6. FV 24/26 Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value VMY Mk 2-2.0 -1.4 2+11+19 2+11+19 48/222 0178-445 .0 3.5 16. 283.0 5.5 1.0 1.0 24.0 3. 355 FV 19.0 4.0 20.2 2.0 1.7 Note 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 1+6 1+6 1+5 2+7 2+7 2+9 2+9 2+9 2+9 21 21 2+9+17 2+9+17 2+9 2+9 22 22 2+9 2+9 20 20 2+11 2+11 Discharge pressure (bar) Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value SAB Mk 1 compressors Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value SAB Mk 2 compressors Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value SAB Mk 3.0 1. Alarms and Warnings Table 1 Screw compressors Measured and calculated pressure levels Measuring Suction pressure (bar) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Set point 1 Set point 2 Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Set point 1 Set point 2 Low warning Low alarm Set point 1 Set point 2 High alarm Low warning Min 1. SV 24/26.0 22.0 6.0 0. pressure across oil filter (bar) Calculated value All types but SAB 80 Diff.0 Max 9.0 0.ENG Rev.5 4.0 0.0 5.0 6.0 1.5 0.0 6.5 compressor Oil pressure(bar) Calculated value VMY Mk 3 compressors Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value SAB 80 Diff.0 1.0 5. Mk 4 compressors SAB 202.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 16.03 3.0 10. 03.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 0.5 1.09 .5 4.5 1.5 -1.0 0.5 2.0 0.5 1. pressure across oil filter (bar) Calculated value SAB80 High alarm High warning 0.5 1.UNISAB II 2.0 -1.0 10.0 0.0 1.0 15.5 7.6 1.0 2.0 10.0 0.0 -1. 330.0 2.0 1.0 5.2 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 1.3 Factory 5.0 10.0 10.0 2.0 -1.0 6.0 5.5 0.0 0. UNISAB II 2.03 3. Alarms and Warnings Table 2 Screw compressors Measured and calculated temperatures Measuring Discharge temp. (°C) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Min 60.0 50.0 -65.0 40.0 30.0 10.0 0.0 -60.0 -60.0 -100.0 -100.0 6.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 Max 130.0 120,0 -65.0 80.0 70.0 50.0 40.0 100,0 100.0 100.0 100.0 120.0 120.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 Factory 100.0 90.0 -65.0 60.0 55.0 25.0 20.0 60.0 50.0 4.0 2.0 110.0 100.0 2.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 Note 1+6 1+6 Oil temperature (°C) 2+7 2+7 2+7 2+7 1+6 1+6 1+6 1+6 2+7+12 2+7+12 2+7+10 2+7+10 2+7+10 2+7+10 Brine temperature (°C) Suction gas superheat (°C) 0178_428_en.fm Calculated value Disch. gas superheat (°C) Calculated value 4-20 m Auxiliary input signal Measuring Auxiliary input (4-20 mA) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 Max 999.9 999.9 999.9 999.9 Factory 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Note 3+18 3+18 3+18 3+18 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 49/222 UNISAB II 2.03 3. Alarms and Warnings Table 3 Reciprocating compressors Measured and calculated pressure levels Measuring Suction pressure (bar) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min 1.5 -1.0 -1.0 4.0 3.0 -1.0 4.0 3.0 -1.0 -1.0 5.0 5.0 0.5 0.5 Max 9.0 6.0 6.0 24.0 22.0 -1.0 24.0 22.0 10.0 10.0 7.0 7.0 5.0 5.0 Factory 5.0 2.5 1.5 16.0 15.0 -1.0 7.0 6.0 -1.0 -1.0 6.0 5.5 4.0 3.5 Note 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 1+6 1+6 1+5 1+6 1+6 1+6+16 1+6+16 2+5+16 2+5 2+5+14 2+5+14 Discharge pressure (bar) Intermediatepressure (bar) For two-stage compressors only Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value Table 4 Reciprocating compressors Measured and calculated temperatures Measuring Discharge temp. (°C) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min 60.0 50.0 -65.0 40.0 30.0 0.0 0.0 -60.0 -60.0 -100.0 -100.0 50.0 50.0 -20.0 -20.0 Max 155.0 155.0 -65.0 105.0 105.0 50.0 40.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 155.0 120.0 50.0 50.0 Factory 125.0 120.0 -65.0 80.0 75.0 30.0 25.0 60.0 50.0 4.0 2.0 100.0 95.0 4.0 2.0 Note 1+6 1+6 Oil temperature (°C) Brine temperature (°C) Intermediate gas temperature (°C) For two-stage compressors only 2 2 2+7 2+7 1+6 1+6 1+6 1+6 2+7 2+7 2+7 2+7 50/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 3. Alarms and Warnings Measuring Suction gas superheat (°C) Calculated value Disch. gas superheat (°C) Calculated value High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Min 6.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 Max 120.0 120.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 Factory 110.0 100.0 4.0 2.0 10.0 0.0 Note 2+7 2+7 2+7+13 2+7+13 2+7+10 2+7+10 4-20 m Auxiliary input signal Measuring Auxiliary input (4-20 mA) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 Max 999.9 999.9 999.9 999.9 Factory 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Note 3+18 3+18 3+18 3+18 Table 5 Reciprocating compressors HPO/HPC Measured and calculated pressure levels and temperatures 0178_428_en.fm Measuring Suction pressure (bar) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min 1.5 -1.0 -1.0 4.0 3.0 -1.0 5.0 5.0 0.5 0.5 60.0 50.0 -65.0 40.0 30.0 0.0 0.0 Max 25.0 25.0 25.0 40.0 40.0 -1.0 7.0 7.0 5.0 5.0 170.0 170.0 -65.0 105.0 105.0 70.0 70.0 Factory 10.0 3.5 2.5 35.0 33.0 -1.0 6.0 5.5 4.0 3.5 26.0 25.2 160.0 155.0 -65.0 95.0 90.0 55.0 50.0 Note 3+4+5 3+4+5 3+4+5 1+6 1+6 1+5 2+7 2+7 Discharge pressure (bar) Oil pressure (bar) Calculated value High diff. pressurePc - Pe (bar) Calculated value Discharge temperature (°C) 1+15 1+6 1+6 Oil temperature (°C) 2 2 2+7 2+7 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 51/222 UNISAB II 2.03 3. Alarms and Warnings Measuring Water temperature (°C) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Low warning Low alarm Min -20 -20 -20 -20 6.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 Max 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 120.0 120.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 Factory 75.0 70.0 4.0 2.0 110.0 100.0 4.0 2.0 10.0 0.0 Note 1+6 1+6 1+6 1+6 2+7 2+7 2+10+13 2+10+13 2+7+10 2+7+10 Suction gas superheat (°C) Calculated value Disch. gas superheat (°C) Calculated value 4-20 m Auxiliary input signal Measuring Auxiliary input (4-20 mA) High alarm High warning Low warning Low alarm Min -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 -999.9 Max 999.9 999.9 999.9 999.9 Factory 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Note 3+18 3+18 3+18 3+18 Notes: Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 9 The alarm cannot be switched off until the problem has been solved. The alarm can be switched off immediately (RESET key). The alarm is switched off automatically. The safety limits can be entered in bar or °C/R. Alarm monitoring active when digital output "compressor starting signal" has been selected. Alarm monitoring always active - except when "BLOCKED" has been selected in picture COMPRESSOR CTRL MODE. Alarm monitoring 300 sec delayed after compressor start. Alarm monitoring 180 sec delayed after compressor start. Note 10 Note 11 Note 12 Alarm monitoring 45 sec delayed after compressor start. A setting of 0.0 impedes monitoring. Delay of 300 sec, regardless of when limits are exceeded. The compressor must have been above 5% capacity. Below 5% capacity monitoring is impeded. Alarm monitoring 15 sec delayed after compressor start. Delay of 60 sec, regardless of when limits are exceeded. Only applies to HPO and HPC compressors. Alarm monitoring 20 sec delayed after compressor start. For VMY Mk 2-2.5, calculate the following (see Fig. 3.1): Oil pressure = Oil pressure 3 (after oil filter) - Discharge pressure 2. For all other Note 13 Note 14 Note 15 Note 16 Note 17 Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 52/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 the oil pressure is calculated as follows (see Fig. Note 20: Set points 1 and 2 are used for alarm monitoring of the mechanical oil pump.ENG Rev.7 bar or lower.03 3.8 and 1. For SAB 80 the differential pressure across the oil filter is calculated as follows (see Fig. 03. Consequently. Note 19 Note 21: Note 22: 0178-445 . The set points are used for controlling the oil pump. The shown oil filter pressure will thus be 0.Suction pressure 1 .1 and 1. 3. The alarm limit should be set between 1.fm The maximum allowed pressure drop across the oil filter is 1. When the pressure falls below set point 1.1): Oil pressure = Oil pressure 3 (after pump) .1 to 0.09 53/222 . When the pressure exceeds set point 2 for 60 seconds. Note 18 The limits are not active until AUX. 0178_428_en.Suction pressure 1. the oil pump will stop. For SAB 80. the full flow pump will start. INPUT SIGNAL has been selected in the menu CALIBRATION 4-20 mA. the oil pump will start.4 bar or lower.1): Oil filter diff. pressure = Discharge pressure 2 Oil pressure 4 (after oil filter). see Note 20). the full flow pump will stop.7 bar higher than the actual pressure loss across the filter due to the pressure loss across the oil separator and the oil cooler. When the pressure falls below set point 1. the warning limit should be set between 0. Alarms and Warnings compressor types (except for SAB 80. The set points are used for controlling the full flow pump. cf description of the alarm under "Oil pump error" in section Other Alarms. 3.2 bar.UNISAB II 2. calculate the following: Oil pressure = Oil pressure 3 (after oil filter) . When the pressure exceeds set point 2 for 60 seconds. However.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. the suction gas superheat may drop below 0 K during normal operation. the compressor will stop on the relay.03 3. 03.09 . 54/222 0178-445 . 3. However. alarm The superheat alarm is an alarm which in many cases will protect the compressor against liquid strokes. on R717 pump circulation plants with a short distance between liquid separator and compressor. there are many aspects which may affect superheating for which reason this alarm must not be considered as full protection against liquid strokes.1 SAB 80 Oil filter Oil separator Oil pump Compressor Oil cooler Others Oil filter Oil pump Oil separator Compressor Oil cooler Suction pressure Oil pressure (before compressor) Discharge pressure Oil pressure 2 (between pump and filter) Suction gas superheat. If the superheat falls below the set value. Alarms and Warnings Fig. and the slide does not react to the regulating signal within 30 mins. Auxiliary input signal (4-20 mA) The alarm and warning limits are activated when AUX.negative".thus stopping this compressor will not start up subsequent compressors.REMOTE (MULTISAB). an PMS error If the control is to start the compressor and consequently adjusts the output START REQUEST (PMS) to ON. input or via communication. Other alarms and warnings Oil system error (screw compressors) The reason for the alarm is that the oil float switch is not activated within the time set in the timer OIL FLOW during prelubrication.during operation . although the regulator is to regulate up or down and the output signal from the regulator is above 20%. and the slide does not react to the regulating signal within 30 mins.UNISAB II 2. The compressor does not stop. even though the regulator demands more capacity and this compressor is the next in line to start. the compressor must be stopped to start any subsequent compressors in the sequence.has not moved within 30 mins. 0178_428_en. or the input EXTERNAL STARTING PERMISSION-NORMAL STOP is not ON. 2) Compressor motor error The reason for the warning is that feedback from the motor is not set/does not disappear within the time set in the timer MOTOR START when the 0178-445 . The compressor will stop. If the compressor is set on "REMOTE" and in operation.or the alarm will be activated. thus making it inactive. a warning will be issued. The reason for the difference between situation 1) and 2) is: If the system runs in sequence . Alarms and Warnings In such cases adjust LOW ALARM to 0. INPUT SIGNAL has been selected under CALIBRATION 4-20 mA. No starting permission The reason for the warning is that the regulator in REMOTE/MULTISAB cannot start this compressor.REMOTE (MULTISAB) system . 1) If the compressor is set on "MAN" or "AUTO" and in operation. 3) alarm will be issued.03 3. a warning will be issued as well.cannot reach the position corresponding to calculated or adjusted zero point (ie positive read capacity) before the expiry of the timer "cap. the input START REQUEST OK must be set on ON within the time set in the timer PMS FEEDBACK . The monitoring is possible by means of a 4-20 mA signal in the aux.ENG Rev. or that there is a drop-out on the oil float switch for a longer period than the one set in the timer NO OIL during operation.fm Capacity error (screw compressors) The reason for the alarm is that the capacity slide is not below 5% within the time set in the timer SLIDE MAX at compressor stop. The reason is that AUTO START has not been configured to YES. or that the slide . or that the slide . When a compressor is remote controlled (3) it is not a part of the sequence . 03.in connection with automatic setting of variable zero point .09 55/222 . If the compressor is REMOTE CONTROLLED by a PC/PLC-system. or when feedback from the motor disappears even briefly during operation. 03. the pump cannot be expected to generate a positive relative pressure because of the shunt valve. The alarm functions as a warning during operation.09 . ie after the prelubrication sequence has been completed. when the compressor starts/stops (ie the output oil pump start is activated/deactivated). or that feedback from the motor disappears even briefly during operation. within the time set in the timer DISCH. ie the load on the input is above 3990 Ω. ie lower than 0. This value can be set as set point 2 for the oil pressure. Alarms and Warnings compressor motor is started/stopped (ie the output compressor start is activated/deactivated). when the motor is started/stopped (ie the cooling fan is activated/deactivated). The alarm functions as a warning during operation. OVERLOAD. The alarm is only activated when the discharge pressure is lower than 16 Bar. a motor current has been measured continually. This value can be set as set point 1 for the oil pressure. Cooling fan error The alarm will be activated when feedback from the electrical cooling fan motor is not set/disappears within the time limit set in the timer FULL FLOW M.03 3. Oil pump error (screw compressors) The reason for the alarm is that feedback from the oil pump motor is not set/does not disappear within the time set in the timer OIL PUMP M. Full flow pump error (screw compressors) The reason for the alarm is that feedback of the full flow pump motor is not set/does not disappear within the time set in the timer FULL FLOW M. Compressor motor overload The reason for the alarm is that. Discharge pressure. ie after the prelubrication sequence has been completed. Oil pump error (SAB 80) The reason for the alarm is that the differential pressure across the mechanical oil pump is too low. High motor temperature The reason for the alarm is that the input THERMISTOR is open.PRES. At a discharge pressure level of approx 16 Bar. overload The reason for the alarm is that.5 Bar. within the time set in the timer CURR OVERL. or that feedback from the motor disappears even briefly during operation. 56/222 0178-445 . a discharge pressure level has been measured continually. The alarm is delayed 45 seconds after compressor start (same timer as for "low oil pressure"). This current exceeds the highest of the set point values that have been set in SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 for MOTOR CURR. when the motor starts/stops (ie the output full flow pumps start is activated/deactivated). This pressure level exceeds the warning limit for high discharge pressure.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. There is therefore no alarm surveillance of the differential pressure across the oil pump. The alarm may also occur at compressor start if the emergency stop or an optional high pressure control has been activated. or that feedback from the motor disappears even briefly during operation. 03 3. See section Limiting functions.EEPROM The reason for the alarm is that it has become impossible to read and write in the serial EPROM (EEPROM) fitted on the CPU card. Alarms and Warnings Oil rectifier error (screw compressors) The reason for the alarm is that suction gas superheat has not exceeded the value set in SET POINT 1 before the timer RECT. ie as SETUP I CONFIG I CHILLER = YES. Vi position error The alarm will only be activated if UNISAB II is configured for automatic Vi regulation.UNISAB II 2. Limiting brine temperature The warning indicates that the brine temperature limiter is active. although the OIL RECTIFIER has been set and the compressor is running. Watch the oil pressure The warning will appear if the oil pump for oil charging is started by means of the picture TIMERS I OIL CHARGING and the compressor is in operation at the same time. ie SETUP I CONFIG I VOLUME RATIO = AUTO The alarm indicates that the display of capacity in connection with automatic Vi regulation is incorrect. ie the hot water temperature is within the limiter neutral zone or above the warning limit. 03.09 57/222 . alarm from Chiller The alarm will only be activated if UNISAB II is configured as part of a Chiller control. ie as SETUP I CONFIG I CHILLER = YES. Wrong starting number in sequence The reason for the warning is that two or more compressors have got the same starting number and the same system number. The real capacity of the compressor is lower than the one shown in the display. High discharge pipe temperature. DISABL has expired. The alarm will be activated if the alarm of the connected Chiller goes off. ie the brine temperatureis within the limiter neutral zone or below the warning limit. ie the suction pressure is within the limiter neutral zone or below the warning limit. The alarm will only be activated if the communication between UNISAB II and the connected Chiller disappears for a longer period than the one set in the timer NO CHILLER. 0178_428_en. No communication to Chiller The alarm/warning will only be activated if UNISAB II is configured as part of a Chiller control. Limiting discharge temperature The warning indicates that the discharge pipe temperature limiter is active. Limiting hot water The warning indicates that the hot water temperature limiter is active. Limiting suction pressure The warning indicates that the suction pressure limiter is active. 0178-445 .fm Chiller. Error in diagnosis . ie the discharge pressure is within the limiter neutral zone or above the warning limit. ie the serial EPROM is either missing or defective. Limiting discharge pressure The warning indicates that the discharge pressure limiter is active.ENG Rev. I COMMUNICATIONS I PORT 1 = EVOLUTION XXX Fig.1 x suction pressure. Evolution.1 x P suc < lim A t1 > 25 sec yes yes WARNING No Pomeasured = Measured oil pressure lim A = Alarm for low oil pressure LOW LUBRICATING PRESSURE No t1 > 145 sec Yes ALARM RESET t1 = 0 t1 = 145 sec fixed No B 58/222 0178-445 . I COMMUNICATIONS I PORT 1 = EVOLUTION XXX The alarm will be activated if the alarm of the connected PLC goes off.1.ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2.09 .03 3. A warning will be issued after 25 seconds and an alarm after 145 seconds. The differential pressure must be higher that the set alarm limit for low oil pressure. no communication to PLC The alarm will only appear if UNISAB II is configured as part of an Evolution control. Alarms and Warnings Evolution. alarm from PLC Evolution. 3.2 LOW LUBRICATING PRESSURE A Pomeasured . The alarm will only be activated if there is no communication between UNISAB II and the connected PLC.1. 03. warning from PLC The alarm/warning will only appear if UNISAB II is configured as part of an Evolution control. ie as SETUP I CONFIG. see the drawing below. The differential pressure is calculated in the following way: measured oil pressure . ie as SETUP I CONFIG. Low lubricating pressure monitoring (screw compressor) The reason for this alarm is that the differential pressure across the compressor and thus the effective lubricating pressure is too low. Warn + alrm Warn only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Alrm only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Id 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 0178_428_en.09 59/222 . compr. Warn + alrm Warn only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Alrm only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Alrm only Warn + alrm 1) Alrm only Alrm only Warn + alrm 2) 4) Alrm only Alrm only Warn only Alrm only Alrm only Warn only Warn + alrm 3) Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm 2) Alrm only Alrm only Recipr. pressure Low intermed. gas temperature High oil pressure High intermed. Alarms and Warnings Table 6 Identification numbers for alarms / warnings This is a list of alarms and warnings with identification numbers for both screw and reciprocating compressors. pressure Full flow pump error 0178-445 .ENG Rev. Designation Low suction pressure High suction pressure Low suction gas superheat High suction gas superheat Low discharge pressure High discharge pressure High discharge temperature Low oil pressure (differential pressure) Low brine / intermed. 03.UNISAB II 2.fm Low oil temperature High oil temperature High oil filter differential pressure Oil system error ( oil flow switch ) Capacity error Compressor motor overload Compressor motor error/emergency stop/HP Oil pump error High motor temperature (thermistor) PMS error No starting permission High differential pressure (Pc .Pe) High brine / intermed.03 3. gas temperature Low discharge temperature Screw compr. no communication to PLC Limiter.UNISAB II 2. 60/222 0178-445 . alarm from PLC Evolution.) High auxiliary input signal (univ. 03. hot water Evolution. Warning during operation. brine temperature Limiter. 2) Alarm at prelubrication. reg.03 3. Id 63 Oil rectifier error Wrong starting number in sequence Error in diagnosis .EEPROM Low auxiliary input signal (univ.ENG Rev. discharge pressure Limiter. compr. no communication to Chiller Cooling fan error Vi position error Lube press 1) May occur as Warning in MAN and AUTO. Warn only Warn only Alrm only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Alrm only Alrm only Alrm only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Alrm only Warn + alrm Alrm only Alrm only Warn + alarm Alrm only Warn + alrm Warn only Alrm only Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Warn + alrm Alrm only Alrm only Alrm only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only Warn only 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 4) The alarm LOW OIL PUMP PRESSURE DURING OPERATION applies to the SAB 80. reg) Low discharge gas superheat Discharge gas overload Evolution. Alarms and Warnings Designation Screw compr. discharge temperature Watch the oil pressure Common alarm from Chiller Chiller.09 . suction pressure Limiter. Recipr. warning from PLC Limiter. 3) Applies only to HPO/HPC. The alarm is only activated at a discharge pressure level below 16 Bar. fm This picture includes all the timers and shows which timers are activated (they are counting down). This picture shows: START OIL PUMP TIMER NO 0 sec 3. Set the time that the pump is to run and place the cursor on START OIL PUMP J which is changed to YES with G and J .OVER 4. SERVICE COUNTER . the counter will stay on the value To start the pump. DATE .I (screw compressor) Provided that the compressor is fitted with a pump for oil charging. this can be started in the picture OIL CHARGING.I This picture shows: TIME MIN SEC DAY MONTH YEAR The time in hours The time in minutes The time in seconds Date Month Year 1. Confirm by pressing G. 03. Timers 4. 0178-445 . Some of these timers can be changed using the keyboard whereas others are fixed. 5. The pump will now stop and the time drop to 0. reached at that particular moment.I ON TIME SINCE START 00 HOUR 0 sec On time Indicates the total operating time of the compressor.TIMER SETUP .ENG Rev.TIME .I In this picture the set values of the timers can be changed. TIMERS . proceed as follows: Place the cursor on TIMER with K and use G for parameter changing. This function is provided with a battery back-up. The timers and their functions appear from the following tables for screw compressors and reciprocating compressors respectively.I 0178_429_en. When the compressor is restarted. When stopping the compressor. Must be set correctly in order for the alarms to be stored with the correct time. Since start Shows how long time the compressor has been running since it was last started.03 4. Timers UNISAB II includes a number of timer functions under the menu SETUP I TIMERS I . The pump will now start and run for the set period. In this way it is possible to know for how long the compressor has been running since the last operating period. OIL CHARGING . TIMERS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 TIMERS TIMER SETUP SERVICE TIMERS DATE-TIMER OIL CHARGING MOTOR FAN P BAND FACTOR TRANSFER TAKE . In case the pump is to stop before time expiry.09 61/222 . The tables also include the factory set values. select NO in the top line. the counter begins from 0.UNISAB II 2. 2. The cooling fan will now start and operate for the set running time. carry out the following: Place the cursor on TIMER SP with K and press G to change the parameter. Enter setting with G . To stop the cooling fan before the end of the running time. select NO in the upper line.03 4. MOTOR FAN I (Frequency controlled screw compressor) If the compressor is fitted with an electrical cooling fan for cooling the compressor motor. Set the fan running time and place the cursor on START COOLING FAN.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev. The function is only available on frequency controlled compressors. The picture shows the following: To start the cooling fan manually. Timers 6. START COOLING FAN TIMER SP TIMER NO 10 sec 0 sec 62/222 0178-445 . this can be started manually in the picture COOLING FAN. Select YES with G.09 . The fan will now stop and the time be reset to 0. 03.and J . Pump start Oil pump start Oil rectifier start Oil rectifier delay Oil rectifier disable Start high pressure No Chiller Factory 1200 300 300 300 0 300 10/60/0/6/50 600/90/60/120/600 50/0/20 10/2/60 60/300 60 45/300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 15 60 10 10 900 300 3600 30 10 Low 600 60 0 60 0 60 0 --5 10 5 5 0 0 0 0 High 3600 3600 3600 3600 1200 600 120 --120 300 30 30 3600 3600 7200 120 Unit Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 0178_429_en.Screw compressors No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Value Start-start delay Stop-start delay Start delay Stop delay Suction ramp Slide max Prelub1)/2)/3)/4)/5)/6) Oil flow1)/2)/3)/4)/5) Oil flow delay 1)/2)/3) No oil/flow 1)/2) Lubrication time/flow 1)/2) Diff press OK Oil press low 1)/2) Filter diff high Oil temp low Oil temp high Superheating low Superheating high Disch press overload Current overload Motor start PMS feedback F.F.fm 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0178-445 .ENG Rev.03 4.UNISAB II 2. Timers Table 7 .09 63/222 . 03. 03 4.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev.09 . 03. Timers No 30 31 32 33 34 Value Cap. negative Start unload Low suction pressure Lubricating pressure Vi-pause Factory 10000 15 0 145 60 Low 60 0 0 - High 20000 60 60 - Unit Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Adjustable Yes Yes Yes No No 64/222 0178-445 . 03 4. high Not used Oil pressure low Oil pressure high Oil temp low Oil temp high Superheating low Superheating high Disch pressure overload Current overload Motor start PMS feedback Oil cool on Oil return Oil rectifier start Oil rectifier delay Oil rectifier disable Start high pressure No Chiller Factory 1200 300 300 300 0 60 60 0 300 20 300 -60 20 300 0 15 300 300 300 15 60 60 0 900 300 3600 30 10 Low 600 60 0 5 0 5 5 0 300 --5 10 60 0 0 0 0 0 High 3600 3600 3600 3600 1200 1200 1200 3600 300 --120 300 1500 1200 3600 3600 7200 120 Unit Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec -Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Sec Adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No -No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 0178_429_en.fm 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0178-445 . Timers Table 8 .09 65/222 .UNISAB II 2. 03.Reciprocating compressors No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Value Start-start delay Stop-start delay Start delay Stop delay Suction ramp Delay up Delay down Take-over max Take-over delay Intermediate pressure low Filter diff.ENG Rev. the timer will block restart. which can be selected in the CONFIG menu. The function is active as long as the compressor is working itself down to its normal working point.09 . If the value is set at 0.ENG Rev. Stop-start delay States the number of seconds that must pass before the compressor can be restarted after stop. For SV 10/20. Prelubrication When starting compressors with prelubrication pumps. HP means Booster = NO). 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) For SAB 202. If UNISAB II tries to move the slide during operation. 6) 66/222 0178-445 . FV 10/20. Suction ramp This timer indicates how fast the compressor is allowed to lower its suction pressure 1°C.03 4. 6. an error message will appear. RWF and SAB 330 B For SAB 330 HP (B is short for Booster. the compressor will be regulated according to the set regulating values. 7. Start-start delay States the number of seconds that must pass from one compressor start to the next. Timers No 30 31 32 33 34 Value Not used Not used Low suction pressure Not used Not used Factory 0 - Low 0 - High 60 - Unit Sec - Adjustable Yes - Timer description Screw compressors 1. 5. to 0 sec. SAB 128 HR and SAB 163 HR. an error message will be issued. Slide max At compressor stop the capacity slide will move towards minimum position. This function is not used in MANUAL mode. In case it fails to get below 5% within the set time. this function is disconnected. the timer will start counting down and stop the compressor at 0. For SAB 163 Mk1. 03.UNISAB II 2. For SAB 283. the prelubrication time is calculated from the time when the oil float issues a signal. 2. 4. Stop delay When UNISAB II is in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE and the compressor is below 5% slide stop position. SAB 355. the compressor start will be delayed for the stated number of seconds. 3. SAB 110 SR/LR. If the compressor stops before the timer has counted down to 0. Start delay When UNISAB II is in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE. Used only in case of suction pressure regulation. GSV. SAB Mk3 and VMY Mk3. and the slide refuses to move within the set time. For Rotatune compressors the time must be changed from 10 sec. When this has been reached. 0178_429_en. SAB 355. SV 10/20 and FV 10/20 the oil pump will run for the stated time 0178-445 . 3. 2. 2. 16. 18. Oil temp. 12. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) For SAB 202. SAB 202. overload If the discharge pressure is higher than the warning limit in the time stated. the compressor will stop and an error message will appear.03 4. 1. See also Limiters. SV 10/20 and FV 10/20 For SAB 163 Mk1. pressure. SAB Mk3. 19. start When starting a compressor. For SV 10/20 and FV 10/20 10. For SAB 163 Mk1. Oil flow When prelubrication is initiated. No delay during normal operation. For SAB and VMY compressors. For SAB 163 Mk 1 14. 15. For SAB 202. 1. SAB Mk3 and VMY Mk3. For SV 10/20 and FV 10/20 For SAB 283. Disch.ENG Rev. SAB Mk3.fm 2.UNISAB II 2. For compressors with prelubrication delay = 0 sec. a time delay ensures that the oil float has time to lift. Lubrication time/flow After start-up of compressors with prelubrication pump. For SAB Mk 2 110/128/163 and SAB 80. the pump will run for the time stated after compressor start. 2. 13. Timers 8. 20. Diff. SAB 80. Oil flow switch delay. For SAB 202. Current overload If the motor current is higher than the set point in the time stated. 1. VMY. the compressor will stop and an error message will appear. No delay during normal operation.09 67/222 . No delay during normal operation. 3. For SV 10/20 and FV 10/20 For GSV/RWF 11. RWF and SAB 330 B For SAB 330 HP (B is short for Booster. high During start and operation the alarm for high filter differential pressure is delayed for the stated time. low During start the alarm for low oil temperature is delayed for the stated time. 1. Oil pressure low During start the alarm for low oil pressure is delayed for the stated time. No delay during normal operation. Filter diff. after the desired differential pressure has been reached. which can be selected in the CONFIG menu. HP means Booster = NO). SAB Mk2. SV 10/20 and FV 10/20. high During start the alarm for high oil temperature is delayed for the stated time. GSV. a signal must be issued from the float switch before the timer expires. 9. Superheating low During start the alarm for low superheating is delayed for the stated time. No oil/flow During operation the oil float is allowed to be disconnected only for the period stated. SAB Mk3 and VMY Mk3. 17. Oil temp. otherwise an error message appears. No delay during normal operation. pressure OK For VMY Mk3. 03. Superheating high During start the alarm for high superheating is delayed for the stated time. Oil rectifier delay If suction gas superheating drops below set point 1 for superheating. 24.ENG Rev. number 1 in the sequence will start and the system will now operate normally. if not. Oil rectifier disable If suction gas superheating drops below set point 1 for superheating. The cap. negative timer counts down each second by the value: (corrected capacity)2/5. this timer will be activated and start counting down. 29. ie the timer will count down each second by a factor between 1 and 180. The start will be delayed for the set number of seconds. 23. 22. the timer will start counting down. 30.UNISAB II 2. negative When the compressor is started. 27. Provided the superheating still remains below the limit once the timer has reached 0. With the compressors in sequence. Once the superheating rises above this limit again. an error message will appear. When the compressor motor is started. Cap. a warning will be issued to a superior computer. F.09 . The timer is used in connection with the compressors FV 24/26. Start high pressure On two-stage plants the HP compressors can be started by force by activating the input External starting permission. the solenoid valve to the oil rectifier will be activated. 28. Unloaded start The timer is used in connection with the compressors FV 17/19. The green light diode above the starting key A will flash until feedback has been received whereupon the light will be steady. F. 31. 26. Each time the slide moves above 0% capacity. Oil rectifier start Whenever the compressor starts. PMS (Starting request) feedback After the control has issued a starting request. 03. both UNISAB II and UNISAB II-Chiller will be stopped by the alarm. an error message will appear. an error message will appear. The timer is reset and restarted. a by-pass solenoid valve for oil discharge will open for the time set. where corrected capacity may be negative values between -0 and -30%. the timer will stop.03 4. Pump start In case the motor guard of the full flow pump has failed to issue a feedback within the stated time after the starting signal. Motor start When the compressor starts. the slide must move to the position corresponding to the set zero point (ie positive read capacity) as quickly as possible before the expiry of the cap. 25. if not. the solenoid valve will close. as soon as the slide moves below -2% corrected capacity. 21. negative timer. When the compressor motor is 68/222 0178-445 . No Chiller When UNISAB II is configured as part of a Chiller control. the timer will ensure that communication between UNISAB II and the connected Chiller does not disappear for a period longer period than the set time. Otherwise an error message will be issued. Timers See also Limiters. normal stop. the timer must expire before the solenoid valve opens. Oil pump start In case the motor guard of the oil pump has failed to issue a feedback within the stated time after the starting signal. an error message will appear. When 0 has been reached. the motor guard must issue a feedback before the timer expires. If this happens. it must receive a feedback within the stated time. 03. 2. 32. For SMC Mk3 and earlier versions. Timers started and stopped. Filter diff. Not used 13.09 69/222 . the slide capacity down solenoid valve will open for the time set. the compressor start will be delayed for the stated number of seconds. Oil pressure low During start and operation the alarm for low oil pressure is delayed for the stated time. the timer will start counting down and stop the compressor at 0. Lubricating pressure During start-up and operation the alarm for low suction pressure is delayed for the indicated period of time. Intermediate pressure low During start the alarm for low intermediate pressure is delayed for the stated time. and the compressor is at its lowest capacity stage.0. 34. 7. 0178_429_en.ENG Rev. 10. If the value is set for 0. 2. Low suction pressure During start-up and operation the alarm for low suction pressure is delayed for the indicated period of time.5-5.UNISAB II 2. this function will be disconnected. the timer will block restart. 5. Start delay When UNISAB II is in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE. 6.2-3. 33. the warning for high oil filter differential pressure is delayed for the indicated period of time. 0178-445 . Before switching from one Vi-step to another. which have a three-stage automatic regulation of the volume ratio. 4.fm Reciprocating compressors 1. Delay up Indicates the time that passes between the loading of stages at increasing capacity in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE mode. high 1. 8. Take-over delay Only used in connection with MULTISAB. Vi-pause The timer is used in connection with GST compressors. Stop delay When UNISAB II is in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE. A warning is issued after 25 seconds. 11. Take-over max Only used in connection with MULTISAB. 3. this timer is not used. Start-start delay States the number of seconds that must pass from one compressor starts to the next. Stop-start delay States the number of seconds that must pass before the compressor can be restarted after stop. Suction ramp This timer indicates how fast the compressor is allowed to lower its suction pressure1°C/R. This function is not used in MANUAL mode. If the compressor stops before the timer has reached 0. See this instruction manual. See this instruction manual. the actual Vi ratio for the compressor must have been present for at least the indicated time other wise the change of the Vi step will be cancelled. SMC Mk4. Delay down Indicates the time that passes between the unloading of stages at decreasing capacity in AUTOMATIC or REMOTE mode. 2. No delay during normal operation. during start-up and operation. 9.03 4. 12. No delay during normal operation. No delay during normal operation. it must receive a feedback within the stated time. the solenoid valve to the oil rectifier will be activated. 19. pressure. number 1 in the sequence will start and the system will now operate normally. the solenoid valve will close. a warning will be issued to a superior computer. PMS (Starting request) feedback After the control has issued a starting request. Oil pressure high During start the alarm for high oil pressure is delayed for the stated time.03 4. Oil cool on At compressor stop the outlet for water cooling or oil cooling will not close until after the set time has run out. 17. overload In case the discharge pressure is higher than the warning limit within the stated time. 26. the timer will start counting down. Timers 14. the compressor will stop. normal stop. 21. 18.09 . 15. this timer will ensure that the communication between UNISAB II and the connected Chiller does not disappear for a period longer than the set 70/222 0178-445 . 27. No delay during normal operation. Superheating high During start the alarm for high superheating is delayed for the stated time. Provided the superheating still remains below the limit once the timer has reached 0. Motor start When the compressor starts. 23.UNISAB II 2. No delay during normal operation. Oil rectifier disable If suction gas superheating drops below set point 1 for superheating. 20. No delay during normal operation. Superheating low During start the alarm for low superheating is delayed for the stated time. Oil temp high During start the alarm for high oil temperature is delayed for the stated time. the timer will be activated and start counting down. No Chiller When UNISAB II is configured as part of a Chiller control. Oil return At compressor start the outlets for oil return are not opened until after the set time has run out. 29. 16. the motor guard must issue a feedback before the timer expires. Disch. the compressor will stop. the timer must expire before the solenoid valve opens. an error message will appear. 28. Oil rectifier delay If the suction gas superheating drops below set point 1 for superheating. The start will be delayed for the set number of seconds. 24. Once the superheating rises above this limit again. With the compressors in sequence.ENG Rev. 25. Oil temperature low During start the alarm for low oil temperature is delayed for the stated time. if not. 22. an error message will appear. if not. Current overload In case the motor current is higher than the set point within the stated time. 03. Oil rectifier start Whenever the compressor starts. Start high pressure On two-stage plants the HP compressors can be started by force by activating the input External starting permission. When 0 has been reached. the timer will not start to count until the measured value of the regulator is 100% inside the proportional band above the neutral zone. Sp = -10 °C. 30. Nz = 2 K. Sp = -20 °C. Sp = Set point Nz = Neutral zone Pb = Proportional band Example 1: UNISAB II has been set for suction pressure regulation. 0178-445 . STOP DELAY = 60 sec and FACTOR = 30. If the measured suction pressure is a little lower than -14°C and the capacity slide is below 5%.I In case of a screw compressor.when it is started . the START DELAY timer will start counting and the compressor will start after 90 seconds. Pb = 10 K.ENG Rev. the timer will not start to count until the measured value of the regulator is 100% inside the proportional band below the neutral zone. 33. The function of these zones must be seen in connection with the applied regulator (suction pressure. If the value 100 is selected. the timer will not start to count until the measured value of the regulator is 1% inside the proportional band above the neutral zone. Not used 32. the timer . If the value 100 is selected. the STOP DELAY timer will start counting and the compressor will stop after 60 seconds.fm START DELAY STOP DELAY 1 0 Start delay Start delay can be changed in the range from 1 to 100. the timer will start to count when the measured value of the regulator is in the neutral zone. Whether 1% or 100% is selected. brine. If this occurs. If necessary. In the neutral zone and up to -4°C the compressor will not be in operation.09 71/222 . Stop delay If the value 0 is selected. a compressor start can thus be delayed or blocked. P BAND FACTOR . If the measured suction pressure is a little higher than -4°C. If the value 1 is selected.UNISAB II 2. Timers time. Stop delay can be changed in the range from 0 to 100.03 4. In the neutral zone and up to -14°C the compressor will be in operation. Not used. 03. START DELAY = 90 sec and FACTOR = 50. Not used 31. see next section).will count in seconds without extension (this is not the case with reciprocating compressors. both UNISAB II and UNISAB II-Chiller will be stopped by the alarm. etc). the following picture will appear: 0178_429_en. Not used 34. Example 2: UNISAB II has been set for suction pressure change. Low suction pressure During start-up and operation the alarm for low suction pressure is delayed for the indicated period of time. If the value 1 is selected. 7. the timer will not start to count until the measured value of the regulator is 1% inside the proportional band below the neutral zone. If the measured suction pressure is a little higher than -17°C. the various P BAND FACTORs are influencing the decision of when to start or stop the compressor or. it is possible to have the timer run slower when the regulated input is close to the neutral zone as illustrated in the drawing. Basically.Band Factor Diff = Measuring value . the START DELAY timer will start to count and the compressor will start after 90 seconds. The relevant timers start as soon as the regulated input (eg suction pressure) is just outside the neutral zone.ENG Rev. starting and stopping as well as engaging and disengaging are delayed by the timers START DELAY. as it is counting in seconds. a compressor start can thus be delayed or blocked. DELAY UP and DELAY DOWN.09 . the compressor will be in operation. START DELAY = 90 sec and FACTOR = 10. Timers Nz = 4K. the following picture will appear: Each of these factors can be selected in the range 1-10. the STOP DELAY timer will start to count and the compressor will stop after 60 seconds. when to engage or disengage another capacity stage. See section Timer description. If the measured suction pressure is a little lower than -18°C and the capacity slide is below 5%. By selecting a P BAND FACTOR higher than 1 (up to 10). In AUTO and REMOTE mode. If the P BAND FACTOR is 1. 4. STOP DELAY = 60 sec and FACTOR = 0. In case of a reciprocating compressor. There is one P BAND FACTOR for each of these timers.UNISAB II 2. In the neutral zone and up to -17°C the compressor will not be in operation. As long as the measured suction pressure is in the upper proportional band. each countdown will last one PBF second. If necessary. When the regulated input is just outside the neutral zone (NZ). the time delay will be the same no matter if the regulated input is just outside the neutral zone or far outside the neutral zone.Setpoint PBF 1 Diff -PB -NZ 0 NZ PB When the regulated input is outside the P band (PB). 03. for reciprocating compressors. 72/222 0178-445 .1 Timer step [sec] PBF = P. STOP DELAY. Pb = 10 K.03 4. the timer will run at normal speed. DELAY UP DELAY DOWN START DELAY STOP DELAY 1 1 1 1 Fig. Set point Sp = 30°C/R Nz = 2°C/R Pb = 5°C/R DELAY DOWN = 30 sec P BAND FACTOR DELAY DOWN = 3. the counting interval will be 3 sec. The compressor is running at 100% capacity. If the pressure steadies. The resulting total delay will range between 60 and 300 seconds. a compressor start can be delayed or blocked if there is no particular cooling requirement. the timer will run for 5 x 60 = 300 seconds. after which the compressor will disengage one capacity stage.fm Special timers in connection with MULTISAB Reciprocating compressors In the MULTISAB system which regulates and optimizes more than one compressor. the counting interval will be 2 sec. Should the measuring value reach -6. When the measured discharge pressure exceeds 31°C/R. 03. The factors are found in the pictures: 8. The compressor is stopped and ready to start. The measured discharge pressure equals the set point.I Reciprocating compressors FACTOR DOWN ZONE 1 15% 9. the timer will count in seconds.I Reciprocating compressors FACTOR UP FACTOR START ZONE 1 1 15% 0178-445 . the timer DELAY DOWN will begin to count with an interval of 3 sec (P BAND FACTOR) each time the value in the display counts one down.5°C/R. However. The resulting total delay will range between 30 and 90 seconds. after which the compressor will start.ENG Rev. Timers In this way.UNISAB II 2. Should the measuring value reach 33.TAKE-OVER .5°C/R. When the measured suction pressure exceeds -9°C/R. there are a number of factors attached to a TRANSFER/TAKE-OVER function between reciprocating and screw compressors. Example 2: Discharge pressure regulation has been selected on a reciprocating compressor.TRANSFER . If the pressure is still moving upwards and exceeds -4°C/R (the Pb limit). the START DELAY timer will begin to count with an interval of 5 sec (P BAND FACTOR) each time the value in the display counts one down.03 4. The measured suction pressure equals the set point. Example 1: Suction pressure regulation has been selected.09 73/222 . If the pressure steadies. the timer will count in seconds. the timer will count down fast and start the compressor. 0178_429_en. These factors are described in detail in section MULTISAB regulation. if the deviation is large. If the pressure is still moving upwards and exceeds 36°C/R (the Pb limit). the timer will run for 3 x 30 = 90 seconds. Set point Sp = -10°C/R Nz = 2°C/R Pb = 5°C/R START DELAY = 60 sec P BAND FACTOR START DELAY = 5. START NO and CONTROL MODE. MASTER. 3 Compr. two separate compressor plants are connected on a common Danbuss network. which is very useful when more compressors are working together (eg connection to the same suction line). PREF.2 If MULTISAB is to function optimally. MULTISAB is described in detail in section MULTISAB regulation. 4. The drawing below shows two examples. subplant 1 SYSTEM NO = 1 Compr.09 . 4 SYSTEM NO = 1 or 2 Separated compressor plants Common compressor plant In the example to the left. 4 Compr. SYSTEM NO informs MULTISAB which compressors are to work together. MULTISAB is only able to work if all UNISAB II units which are to participate in the distributed control are physically connected via the Danbuss communication network. NO. the following key parameters are described here: COMPR. Here it is of vital importance that • UNISAB No 1 has the same SYSTEMNO as UNISAB No 2 • • UNISAB No 3 has the same SYSTEM NO as UNISAB No 4 SYSTEM NO of UNISAB 1 and 2 differs from SYSTEM NO of UNISAB 3 and 4. 2 SYSTEM NO = 1 or 2 Common Multisab network Multisab network SYSTEM NO = 1 or 2 Suction main line 1 SYSTEM NO = 1 Suction main line 2 SYSTEM NO = 2 Compr. stop and capacity regulate compressors according to the varying cooling requirements. See section Configuration. it is of vital importance that certain key parameters are selected correctly by the user as explained in section MULTISAB regulation. ie two units are not allowed to have the same COMPR. 03. Timers MULTISAB MULTISAB is a distributed compressor control system. SYSTEM NO. Always make sure that all UNISAB II units on a network have different COMPR. MULTISAB is a standard function in UNISAB II. Fig. NO. subplant 2 SYSTEM NO = 2 Compr.UNISAB II 2. 1 Suction line. 3 Suction line. NOs.ENG Rev. 1 Compr. 74/222 0178-445 . The section Installation of data communication cable describes how to connect the units.03 4. SYSTEM NO = 1 or 2 Compr. With MULTISAB it is possible to start. 2 Compr. To understand the contents of the MULTISAB pictures. CONTROLLER 1 1 1 MAY START Here START NO and SYSTEM NO can be adjusted in the range 1-14. It is the sensor of the SYS CONTROLLER (eg suction pressure input) which is used for the regulation. PREF. The status can be one of the following: State BLOCKED NOT MY TURN MAY START Explanation The compressor cannot (and is not going to) start MULTISAB now. SYS CONTROLLER shows which unit is the master as explained above. NO will be SYS CONTROLLER except if the UNISAB II unit in question is shut off or otherwise unable to communicate. it is particularly important that when changing the valve settings. MASTER must be indentical for all units with the same SYSTEM NO. However. 03. SYS CONTROLLER is responsible for the co-ordination of the involved units. PREF.UNISAB II 2. See section Configuration. 0178-445 . See section Compressor regulation. If it is not available. the unit with the next START NO will take over as SYS CONTROLLER. In the fourth line of the picture. but only as long as it is available. not in REMOTE mode or in shutdown alarm condition.03 4.09 75/222 . the MULTISAB status of the UNISAB II in question is shown. An alarm condition may be due to a sensor error. each of the four compressors can be connected independently to any of the two suction main lines. MULTISAB STATE . In other words. 0178_429_en. In such cases the unit with the next COMPR. Starts when START DELAY expires as there is now a cooling requirement.ENG Rev. A unit is not available if it is shut off. MASTER = #START. the unit with the lowest COMPR. the SYSTEM NO in the UNISAB II units in question is changed accordingly as this does not take place automatically. the unit with the lowest START NO will be SYS CONTROLLER. NO or START NO which is to define which UNISAB II is to be SYS CONTROLLER. resulting in a change of SYS CONTROLLER and thus of sensor. In order for a compressor to become part of a MULTISAB system. Furthermore. The unit with the lowest START NO will be the first to start. If PREF. by changing the CONTROL MODE. not communicating. the user is able to include and exclude the compressor from the MULTISAB system. Timers In the example to the right. Another compressor must start before this one / there is no cooling requirement. The MULTISAB functions are found in the menu SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB MULTISAB STATE ALL COMPRESSORS PARALLEL CONTR. MASTER specifies whether it is COMPR. START NO defines the priority of the compressors with common SYSTEM NO. If PREF. CONTROL MODE must be set for REMOTE. the above key parameters must be set up.fm 1. In this example is is also important that SYSTEM NO is correct. MASTER = #COMPR. NO will take over as SYS CONTROLLER.I START NO SYSTEM NO SYS. In this example compressor no.only screw compr. In this example it is compressor no 01.09 . AUTO or REMOTE. Capacity Capacity of compressor no 1. 76/222 0178-445 . STOPPED Explanation UNISAB II is ready to start. Discharge pressure too high. Runs in parallel operation as slave. # The number of the observed UNISAB II unit. Waiting for a timer to expire. Runs the slide down after stop. SYSTEM # SYSTEM NO of compressor no 01. stops when STOP DELAY expires.03 4. 01 is in MANUAL mode. LAG COMPR. 03. Compressor in operation. In a state of alarm. as slave . Control mode be one of the following: STOPPED. 01. Stops parallel operation. Motor current too high. Compressor motor start-up. Status Compressor operating status of compressor no.to see MULTISAB information about the other compressors in the communication network. Compressor cannot start. SUCTION LIM. COMPR.UNISAB II 2. as master . Timers State RUNS AT MAX CAP LEAD COMPR. Suction pressure too low. MANUAL.only screw compr. Stops parallel operation. Working on the prelubrication sequence. Is the only compressor in the system that is in operation. Is below 5% capacity. 2. Operating status can be one of the following: This picture makes it possible .from a UNISAB II unit .ENG Rev. Runs in parallel operation as master. ALL COMPRESSORS .I COMPR. # 01 SYSTEM # 01 START # 02 READY 0% MANUAL Control mode Operating mode of compressor no 01. State READY RUNNING STARTING SHUTDOWN PAUSE PRELUB CAP SLIDE DOWN RUNS AT OVERL. MAY STOP RUNS BY ITSELF STOP RAMP UP STOP RAMP DOWN Explanation Must run at 100% capacity. START # START NO of compressor no 01. DISCHARGE LIM. 0 % 0178_429_en. when this compressor is one of the two screw compressors that run in parallel. The last two lines only apply to screw compressors. PARALLEL CONTR. PRECEDING The number of the compressor that comes before this compressor in the starting sequence .UNISAB II 2.(lower START NO).0%. Note that the OFFSET value is not changed by a FACTORY RESET. It may also be used for testing whether the communication between the UNISAB II units on the network is working.ENG Rev. Timers The picture can of course be used for getting an overall view of the MULTISAB operation of the plant.fm This picture shows the numbers of the compressors which come before and after this compressor in the starting sequence and which can start. . In case there is no communication to one of the UNISAB II units. After entering an OFFSET value (not 0).03 4. The OFFSET value is added to the calculation of PARALLEL CAP.0 % -10.I PRECEDING NEXT FOLLOWING PARALLEL CAP OFFSET 2 3 0 45. PARALLEL CAP The percentage at which MULTISAB is going to stop this compressor.0% and -20. 3. This means that the point at which the lag (screw) compressor is stopped is reduced by the OFFSET value. OFFSET Can be set between 0. the PARALLEL CAP value will be reduced accordingly. 03. NEXT The number of the compressor which is next in the starting sequence . This may be useful when water chillers are running in parallel as these units may have a relatively better COP at part load (heat transfer being better at part load).(higher START NO) FOLLOWING The number of the compressor which follows the next compressor in the starting sequence (an even higher START NO). 0178-445 . the status field in line 4 will be replaced by a "?".09 77/222 . 09 .UNISAB II 2.03 4. 03.ENG Rev. Timers 78/222 0178-445 . UNISAB II 2. The common regulator parameter set includes: Set point (SP). REMOTE means that the compressor works together with one or more compressors in a common MULTISAB control system. This means that when changing the CONTROL ON setting from one regulator to another and back again. the regulating impulses will be very short. MOTE.09 79/222 .03 5. brine. Press G and the cursor moves to the second line. Proportional band indicates how powerful the regulating signal to the compressor capacity regulation is going to be. depending on the difference between the desired value (Sp) and the actual value. The compressor can. the original parameters are kept. one (and only one) of these regulators is responsible for adjusting the capacity according to the cooling (or heating) requirements. In case the measured value is just outside the Nz. 0178_430_en.COOL • EXT. the cursor will be positioned in the top line.fm Regulators UNISAB II includes a number of compressor capacity regulators. CONTROL ON can be set to one of the following: • SUCTION • BRINE • DISCHARGE • HOT WATER • EXT.1/2 Nz). Compressor regulation 5. The set value of Nz is positioned symmetrically around the set point (Sp +/. These are found in SETUP I CONTROL I . See section PID controller below. In the modes AUTO and RE- 0178-445 . Compressor regulation Control mode The compressor can be adjusted for different modes of operation. whereas the regulating impules will be very long if the COMPRESSOR CONTROL STOPPED When this picture is selected. be started with A and stopped with B. See section Configuration. MANUAL means that the compressor only operates manually. 3: CONTROL ON in the menu CONFIG. It is possible to change to MANUAL with C.ENG Rev. Which regulator to use is specified in Pos. however. ie it is not possible to change to another mode by means of C . etc). Neutral zone indicates how much the pressure or the temperature is allowed to fluctuate in relation to the Sp without the compressor changing its capacity. On screw compressors PID parameters are also used.HEAT Each regulator has its own set of parameters. There are the following possibilities: • STOPPED • MANUAL • AUTO • REMOTE STOPPED means that the compressor is blocked and thus cannot start. Select the desired mode of operation with J K. Capacity is increased/decreased with E F. AUTO means that the compressor runs in local automatic operation according to the form of regulation chosen (suction pressure. 03. Set point is the pressure or the temperature desired in the plant. Neutral zone (Nz) and Proportional band (Pb or P Band). Compressor regulation measured value is outside the P Band. The inner loop adjusts the slide position continuously according to the manually or automatically selected capacity set point. Fig.ENG Rev. 5. inde- pendent of any other outside influence on the capacity slide.09 . The inner loop set point can also be controlled via the external input (see section Set point control with current input) or via the communication network. Additionally the following parameters can be selected: 80/222 0178-445 . a constant up or down signal will rarely be given.Band P.1 rapidly up Very slowly up SP P. When active. In AUTO. See section Regulators. Consequently.03 5. The setting is stageless from 0 to 100%. so that the slide moves towards max or min capacity according to demand.Band Error signal NZ Very slowly down rapidly down Screw compressors Screw compressors are capacity regulated (hydraulically or electrically) by moving the capacity slide. 03. As long as this set point is constant. The picture includes the standard PID parameters and the points described in section PID controller below. UNISAB II will usually pulse the digital outputs with a pulse/delay ratio. Inner loop parameters are set in picture SETUP I CAPACITY I CAPACITY. In MANUAL mode. the outer loop will adjust the capacity set point according to the selected control set point and measured value. the inner loop will ensure that the capacity slide remains in this position. This takes place via two digital outputs which are controlled by UNISAB II. The P Band is positioned symmetrically around Sp outside the Nz. eg the suction pressure set point and measurement. the outer loop is active according to the CONTROL ON setting. the outer loop is not active. The capacity control must be seen as two PID control loops.UNISAB II 2. ENG Rev. This field shows the actual Integral term calculated by the PID controller. and for the hydraulic oil to move. valves. but also the integral and differential terms. User selected set point 1 User selected set point 2 The neutral zone is a symmetrical area around ACTUAL SP. P. A smaller T. Outer loop parameters are set in the relevant picture. the following data are included: • 0178_430_en. Integral Time decides the gain of the integral term.fm Name ACTUAL SP. the controller will be passive. so a pulse shorter than about half a second would have no effect and would only shorten the service life of the valve and the relay. A larger NEUTRAL ZONE makes the regulation less accurate. Methods of optimizing the parameters are also included in these books. as the gain K=n / (PROP. eg SUCTION I SUCT. A larger T. Compressor regulation • MIN PULSE is the shortest pulse that UNISAB II will give on the relay output. DIFF = 0 as it is then working as a PI controller. DIFF means a larger gain. BAND) where n is a constant that depends on RUN TIME. The available parameters are described briefly in the following. The picture includes the standard PID parameters and the points described in section PID controller below. ie the controller will try to reach the set point faster. but it also makes the regulation less accurate. A longer MIN PULSE increases the service life of the hardware. PART I. Normally select T. BAND will give a slower response. The parameters are available in picture CAPACITY I VI POSITION. However. When the controlled value is inside the area. eg SUCTION I SUCT. with the PID controller this is handled by MIN PULSE. etc). This parameter decides the total gain in the control loop. DIFF. PROP. so that the NEUTRAL ZONE should be set for 0. PID controller On screw compressors a PID controller is used for capacity control and possible Vi control. Differential Time decides the gain of the differential term. PRESS. eg it takes time for a hydraulicvalve to open and close. spindle motor..09 81/222 . Please note that RUN TIME for the capacity slide may be reduced by variable slide end stop etc where this is relevant. INT means a larger gain. T. PRESS. Increasing PROP. This field shows the actual Proportional term calculated by the PID controller. The purpose is to increase service life of the output hardware (relays. BAND T.03 5. The theory of PID controllers is described in numerous books on automatic control. SET POINT 1 SET POINT 2 NEUTRAL ZONE Description The set point which the PID controller works with at the moment. INT. PART 0178-445 . RUN TIME is the approximate time it takes for the capacity slide to move from minimum position to maximum position and vice versa at constant signal. Thus changing PROP.UNISAB II 2. BAND does not only affect the proportional term. 03. In the relevant picture. The automatic Vi slide control works in the same way as the inner loop. Higher values may very well occur. the frequency converter will start to increase the frequency to the max frequency set. If it is necessary to set the RUN TIME value higher than 60 seconds.INT) correspondingly. If the value is high.4°C or higher if it is not required that the suction pressure is kept as narrow as possible around the set point. T. YORK Refrigeration recommends increasing the integral-time (T. (30 seconds) and T.INT increase informs the system that slide function is slower than expected. PART. PART REG. Example 1 Screw compressor with a combination of slide regulation and frequency regulation. When the slide has reached 100%. If the slide speed for some reason cannot be adjusted for 60 seconds. PID regulator With version 2. This is a kind of neutral zone. 82/222 0178-445 . If the neutral zone is too high. Do not.INT.DIFF. A suction pressure level which is much higher than the set point will produce a very high output signal from the regulator. another difference between the PID regulator and the previous regulator can be seen.INT. The parameter RUN TIME defines how long it will take to run the slide from 0-100% at constant up signal or from 100-0% at constant down signal.01. PART. A T. the RUN TIME parameter must be changed so that run time corresponds to the actual operating conditions.The parameter MIN PULSE determines the pulse duration up or down every time the solenoid valve is activated. use a T.09 . If this is not done. T. ie it will increase capacity when it should decrease capacity as well as go far beyond its setpoint. When switching between manual and automatic control. Usually slide speed is always adjusted on the oil needle valves positioned on the capacity regulating block so that the slide speed is approx 60 seconds when the oil is warm from operation.5 seconds and should not be higher than 2 seconds. This adjustment is usually carried out by the service engineer who starts up the compressor unit. it will appear as if the PID regulator is out of control. This may be shown as 0-42% capacity on the UNISAB II display. 03. OUTPUT Description This field shows the actual Differential term calculated by the PID controller The actual Regulator Output is the sum of P. PART and D. Compressor regulation Name D. As regards the outer loop.03 5. The neutral zone can be set for 0. It is very important that the parameters appearing by a factory reset be used. the PID regulator was introduced to replace the previous “three-point I regulator”. Default value is 0. There are both an inner and an outer loop. P band (200%). Thus the RUN TIME parameter must be set for 60+60=120 seconds for correct regulation.ENG Rev. higher than 120 seconds as this may prevent the capacity slide from reaching 100%.0).DIFF. Slide velocity is 60 seconds from 0-100% slide movement. As regards the inner loop it is recommended only to use the default values for neutral zone (0. (0 seconds). a correspondingly large capacity change is required before the regulator reacts with an up or down signal. however. is usually always 0. I..UNISAB II 2. further down than 20 seconds. the regulator may fluctuate too much. This will take 60 seconds and be shown as 42-100% in the UNISAB II display. it is not recommended to adjust the P band further down than 10°C and T.INT. 50°C. Now increase the T. = 60. If the regulator becomes unstable.0 In case the compressor is running very unsteadily during regulation or two compressors cannot find one another in parallel operation. but the regulator seems slow to reach its set point. If the suction pressure still does not reach its setpoint (depending on the setting of Nz) a reduction in the integral-time can be necessary to fine-tune the regulator. If the hunting stops. raise the P band to eg. Now raise the P band to the last applicable value. INT. in petrochemical plants.0 T. until the system starts hunting again. increase the T.0 T.0 P band = 10. to eg. it may be necessary to use another value than 0 sec. 100-200 sec. INT. reduce the P band a little at a time until the running of the compressor becomes unsteady again. DI FF. Compressor regulation If switching from manual to auto and back again rather quickly.09 83/222 . in special cases where the compressor is part of a process plant. If the running of the compressor has steadied. eg. This will only be necessary if the process requires a very fast regulation upwards or downwards to avoid that the suction pressure removes itself too far from the set point. Example 2 Nz = 0. Usually it will never be necessary to change the T. to the last applicable value.fm 0178-445 . the regulator will have produced a very large output signal when regulating in auto. 0178_430_en. If the regulator during a long period of time seems to hunt. reduce the T. = 0.03 5.UNISAB II 2. 03. I NT. keep control mode in manual until the regulator has stabilized (without activating the capacity up and down keys). INT.ENG Rev. DIFF. This signal may make the regulator unstable in case the setting of the oil valves mentioned above is incorrect. to another value than 0 sec. However. 03 5.09 . 03. Compressor regulation % Input signal 0 5 10 15 Time % Output signal P-part A: Proportional band=10°C B: Proportional band=5°C 0 B A 5 10 15 Time % Output signal I-part C: Integral time=30 sec D: Integral time=60 sec 0 5 C D 10 15 Time 84/222 0178-445 .ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. The P Band is only relevant if the P Band factors DELAY UP and/or DELAY DOWN are set in the picture P BAND FACTOR at a value above 1. If the P Band is above 0." becomes 10 sec. typically in pairs.03 5. which means that the stages are loaded in seconds as set. through solenoid valves controlled by UNISAB II. which will start counting as soon as the value is outside the neutral zone. The regulator is allowed to have a P Band of 0. See section P BAND FACTOR.09 85/222 . Compressor regulation % Output signal D-part E: Differential time=10 sec F: Differential time=20 sec 0 5 10 15 F E Time % 0178_430_en. How fast the compressor loads/unloads stages is determined by the timers DELAY UP and DELAY DOWN.ENG Rev. counting will be slow: "1 sec. If the value is just outside the neutral zone and the P Band factor DELAY UP is eg 10. the delay times can be prolonged as long as the value is within the P Band. 03. "1 sec" becomes 1 sec.fm Output signal PID-part 0 5 10 15 Time Reciprocating compressors Reciprocating compressors are capacity regulated in stages by connection/disconnection of cylinders. counting will be speeded up. If the value is just outside the P Band.UNISAB II 2. 0178-445 . 4) 4 10 20 20 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Unit BAR °C/R717 BAR °C/R717 °C °C °C °C °C °C BAR °C/R717 BAR °C/R717 °C °C °C °C °C °C - 86/222 0178-445 .8)1* 100 100 + 100 + 100 100 100 + 24 (+ 58)2* + 24 (+ 58)2* 100 100 + 100 + 100 100 100 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 Factory setting +1 (-19. heat Universal regulator Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Minimum -1 (-90) -1 (-90) 0 0 . Reciprocating compressors Regulator type Suct.ENG Rev.60 .999 .Settings . 03. pressure Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Brine temperature Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Disch.999 0 0 . Compressor regulation Table 9A .999 . cool Universal regulator Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Ext.4) +1 (-19.03 5.UNISAB II 2.Regulating parameters.09 . side Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Hot water Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb Ext.4) 4 10 20 20 4 5 +8 (+ 21.60 0 0 .8)1* +9 (+ 24.60 .999 0 0 Maximum +9 (+ 24.4) +8 (+ 21.60 0 0 -1 (-90) -1 (-90) 0 0 . Compressor regulation Regulator type Motor current limiter Sp 1 Sp 2 Minimum 0 0 Maximum 2500 2500 Factory setting 2500 2500 Unit Amp Amp NOTE: 1* HPO/HPC +25 bar (+60°/R717) 2* HPO/HPC +40 bar (+79.ENG Rev.03 5. 03.09 87/222 .4°/R717) 0178_430_en.fm 0178-445 .UNISAB II 2. Screw compressors Regulator type Capacity control Nz Pb T.0 999.0 0.9 99.Settings .0 0.Diff.0 0.0 200. Min Pulse Run Time Suct.9 999.0 0.Int.9 99. Compressors with automatic Vi regulation Nz Pb T.1 0.5 0.Regulating parameters.1 0.8) +9 (+24.Int.0 30.9 99.4) 0.9 50.03 5.Diff.0 10.5 0. Compressor regulation Table 9B . T.9 99.0 1.0 Maximum 10. T.0 See note 1 4.5 0. pressure Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T.0 1.0 200.9 999.0 0.8) 200.09 .0 20 20 0 50 30.0 0.0 1.9 999. T.UNISAB II 2.ENG Rev.0 30.Diff.0 0 Unit % % sec sec sec sec % % sec sec sec sec BAR °C/R717 BAR °C/R717 °C/R717 °C/R717 sec sec °C °C °C °C sec sec 88/222 0178-445 . Minimum 0. Brine temperature Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T.0 See note 1 +1 (-19.0 1.9 Factory setting 0.0 999.0 +9 (+24.5 0.0 999.9 100 100 100 999. T.4) +1 (-19.0 999. Min Pulse Run Time Vi slide control.0 0.0 10.0 -1 (-90) -1 (-90) 0.1 0.Diff.0 60.0 1.Int.9 10.1 0.9 999.0 1.0 999.Int. 03.0 -60 -60 0.0 0. T.9 99.0 0 0 0 100 30 0 0 0 0 100 30 0 2500 2500 Unit BAR °C/R717 BAR °C/R717 °C/R717 °C/R717 sec sec °C °C °C °C sec sec 0178_430_en. 03.9 +999 +999 999. Run Time factory settings are as follows: 0178-445 .0 -999 -999 0 0 0.5 0.9 999.1 0. cool Universal regulator Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T. T.4) 0.0 -60 -60 0.03 5.fm Ext.Int.5 0.9 100 100 100 999.9 999.9 +999 +999 999.09 89/222 .0 0 20 20 0 50 30.Int.9 999.4) +8 (+21.0 10 60.0 0 0 Maximum +24 (+58) +24 (+58) 200 999. Compressor regulation Regulator type Discharge Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T.5 0.Diff sec sec Ext. heat Universal regulator Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T.0 0.UNISAB II 2.9 999.5 0.9 99.0 0.9 99.Diff.0 -999 -999 0 0 0.9 999.ENG Rev.9 99.0 0.Int.1 0.9 2500 2500 Factory setting +8 (+21. T.Diff Minimum -1 (90) -1 (90) 0.Int.Diff sec sec Amp Amp Motor current Limiter Sp 1 Sp 2 Note 1.9 999. T. Hot water Sp 1 Sp 2 Nz Pb T. ENG Rev. CONTROL ON = SUCTION The pressure is measured by the built-in pressure transducer on the compressor suction side. which are selected with another digital input named MOTOR CURRENT SET POINT 1 OR 2. Note that the Neutral zone and the P Band can only be selected when the pressure is shown in °C/R. SIDE I DISCH. CONTROL ON = BRINE The brine temperature is measured by a Pt 100 sensor on the spot where the temperature is to be regulated. The regulator is set by selecting BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS followed by repeated pressures on K until reaching the bottom of the picture. Min Pulse Run time Vi slide control.Int.Settings .UNISAB II 2.03 5. 03. T. etc) can have two 2 set points which are selected by opening/closing a digital input named REGULATOR SET POINT 1 OR 2 (see wiring diagrams). Note that also the Motor Current Limiter has two set points.PRESS I PARAMETERS followed by repeated pressures on K until reaching the bottom 90/222 0178-445 . Min Pulse Run time Factory setting Hydraulic 0 200 30 0 1 See note 1 4 200 30 0 1 See note 1 SAB 330 Mechanical 2 200 30 0 2 See note 1 10 200 30 0 1 See note 1 Set points on regulators All regulators for capacity regulation (suction pressure.PRESS I PARAMETERS followed by repeated pressures on K until reaching the bottom of the picture.09 . CONTROL ON = DISCHARGE The pressure is measured by the built-in pressure transducer on the compressor discharge side. Run Time Vi Run Time 41 19 SAB 330 L 56 24 SAB 330 E 74 31 Others 60 60 Table 9C . The regulator is set by selecting DISCH.Diff. SAB 330 Regulator type Capacity control Nz Pb T. T. Compressors with automatic Vi regulation Nz Pb T.Diff.Regulating parameters. The regulator is set by selecting SUCTION I SUCT. brine temp. The sensor is not built into the compressor.Int. Compressor regulation SAB 330 S Cap. Ex. Note that the Neutral zone and the P Band can only be selected when the pressure is shown in °C/R. 0178-445 .: A temperature sensor of -30°C to +20°C is used. 0178_430_en. Universal regulator (Ext. press G and the cursor moves right once more. Note that the BRINE REGULATOR at this stage functions as a HOT WATER REGULATOR. connect a 4-20 mA sensor (pressure. 03. Now select menu BRINE I EXT. HOT WATER and CAPACITY can all be changed through a 4-20 mA signal. Press to the bottom of the picture with K where the set values of the regulator are positioned. Move the cursor down to 20 mA.fm The cursor is positioned on 4 mA.03 5. The sensor is not built into the compressor. Ext. The regulator is set by selecting BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS followed by repeated pressures on K until reaching the bottom of the picture. Compressor regulation of the picture. input) Besides the above-mentioned regulators it is also possible to use the universal regulator. BRINE TEMPERATURE. cool If selecting this function. To do so. the compressor will regulate the capacity upwards in case of increasing measuring value. INPUT I PARAMETERS. Press G and the cursor moves to the right. In the menu CONFIG. Select EXTERNAL INPUT SIGNAL by means of J or K. the following picture will appear: 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED The signal must be scaled to fit the sensor measuring range. CONTROL ON = HOT WATER The hot water temperature is measured by a Pt 100 sensor connected to the brine temperature input (see wiring diagrams).UNISAB II 2. Move the cursor down to USED FOR.09 91/222 . the compressor will regulate the capacity upwards in case of decreasing measuring value. press G and the cursor moves to the right. Change the value to +20 and press G .ENG Rev. temperature or other) to the UNISAB II input named POSSIBLE REMOTE COMPRESSOR OPERATION. Position the sensor on the spot where the temperature is to be regulated. When selecting 4-20 mA input in the menu CALIBRATE. Set point control with current input The set points of SUCTION PRESSURE. Change the value to -30 and press G . The picture will now look like this: 4 mA 20 mA EXTERNAL INPUT SIGNAL -30 20 Each measuring signal can be scaled in accordance with the transducer measuring range. DISCH. heat If selecting this function. The difference is that the compressor will load capacity at decreasing temperature. select in line CONTROL ON one of the following: Ext.PRESSURE. These can be set by pressing G followed by J or K. UNISAB II 2. Select 4-20 mA INPUT I in the menu CALIB. press G until the cursor moves to the right. The picture will now look like this: 4 mA 20 mA BRINE TEMP. and select SUCT. Move the cursor down to 20 mA. Change the value to +20. Disch. Move the cursor to 20 mA.ENG Rev.: The set point is to vary from -50 to -10°C/R corresponding to a change of the current signal from 4 . Press G until the cursor moves to the right. The cursor is positioned on 4 mA.: The set point is to vary from -10 to +20°C corresponding to a change of the current signal from 4 .20 mA.09 . SETPOINT -50 -10 The set point of the brine regulator is now going to change from -10 to +20°C corresponding to a change of the current from 4-20 mA. Finish by pressing G . Select 4-20 mA INPUT I in the menu CALIB. It is possible to follow the set point value by selecting BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS and press downwards to ACTUAL SP with K. and the following picture will appear: 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED Ex.20 mA. 03. then press G again. Brine temperature In the menu CONFIG BRINE must be selected in the line CONTROL ON. and press G. SETPOINT -10 20 4 mA 20 mA SUCTION PRESS. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. It is possible to follow the set point value by selecting SUCTION SIDE I SUCTION PRESSURE I PARAMETERS and press downwards to ACTUAL SP with K.PRESSURE SETPOINT with J or K. Move the cursor down to CONTROL ON. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. Finish by pressing G . and the following picture will appear: Suction pressure In the menu CONFIG SUCTION SIDE must be selected in the line CONTROL ON. then press G again. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. Change the value to -10 with K. pressure In the menu CONFIG DISCH. Press G until the cursor moves to the left. The picture will now look like this: Ex.SIDE must be selected in the line CONTROL ON. and select BRINE TEMP SET POINT with J or K . and change the value to -50 with K. press G again. Compressor regulation Connect these to the terminals as shown in the wiring diagrams. The set point of the suction pressure regulator is to vary from -50 to -10°C/R corresponding to a change in the current from 4-20 mA.03 5. and change the value -10. The cursor is positioned on 4 mA. Select 4-20 mA 92/222 0178-445 . Move the cursor to third line. 0178_430_en. and press G. then press G again.: The setpoint is to vary from +10 til +35°C/R corresponding to a change of the current signal from 4-20 mA. Move the cursor down to 20 mA. Select 4-20 mA 0178-445 .SIDE I DISCH. Change the value to +35. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. SETPOINT 10 35 4 mA 20 mA HOT WATER SETPOINT +30 +65 The set point of the discharge pressure regulator is now going to change from +10 to +35°C/R corresponding to a change of the current from 4-20 mA. The cursor is positioned on 4 mA. and press G. Capacity control UNISAB II must be set in REMOTE mode in the picture CONTROL. PRESSURE SET POINT with J or K. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. PRESS.ENG Rev. press G until the cursor moves to the right. Finish by pressing G. and the following picture will appear: Hotwater In the menu CONFIG. It is possible to follow the setpoint value by selecting BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS and press downwards to ACTUAL SP with K . Press G until the cursor moves to the right. Compressor regulation INPUT I in the menu CALIB. and the following picture will appear: 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED Ex. and select HOTWATER SET POINT with J eller K. and change the value to +30 with K. Change the value to +10 with J. In the menu CALIB. Move the cursor down to USED FOR.: The set point is to vary from +30 to +65°C corresponding to a change in the current signal from 4-20 mA.03 5. It is possible to follow the set point value by selecting DISCH. and the following picture will appear: INPUT I in the menu CALIB. Finish by pressing G . select 4-20 mA INPUT I. The cursor is positioned on 4 mA.PRESS I PARAMETERS and press downwards to ACTUAL SP with K. then press G again.09 93/222 . The setpoint in the hotwater regulator now changes from +30 to +65°C. and select DISCH. Change the value to +65. HOTWATER must be selected in the line CONTROL ON. 03. Move the cursor down to 20 mA. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. The picture will now look like this: Ex.UNISAB II 2. The picture will now like this: 4 mA 20 mA DISCH. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. corresponding to a change in the current from 4-20 mA.fm Move the cursor down to third line. the compressor will start and follow the signal up/down.4 mA). Compressor regulation 4 mA 20 mA 0 0 NOT USED takes place with an external 4-20 mA signal (applies to version 1. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. the timer START DELAY will start once the signal is above the lowest capacity stage.09 . are now active when capacity regulation 94/222 0178-445 . Press G until the cursor moves to the right.03 5. In the same way it is possible to control the capacity on a reciprocating compressor. the compressor will stop. and change the value to 100. and select CAPACITY SET POINT with J or K. The timers DELAY UP and DELAY DOWN. In case the current signal drops to -10% (2. For reciprocating compressors. If the signal exceeds -10% once more.: The set point of the capacity slide on a screw compressor is to vary from 0 to 100% corresponding to a change in the current signal from 4-20 mA. that various limiters may reduce the compressor capacity. This means that for an SMC 108 without total unloading the following changes apply: 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ Signal < 25% = 0% capacity. Note. the timer STOP DELAY will start once the signal is below the lowest capacity stage.8 mA) and AUTO START = YES has been configured. Move the cursor down to 20 mA.20 mA. The cursor is positioned on 4 mA.ENG Rev.8 mA) and AUTO STOP = YES has been configured.08 and later versions). and press G again. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. Finish by pressing G. the timer START DELAY will begin to count down (in case of screw compressors). When the timer START DELAY has counted down. When the STOP DELAY timer has finished counting down. brine regulation. the timer STOP DELAY will be activated when the signal is below 0%. the timer STOP DELAY will stop counting down (in case of screw compressors). Signal < 100% = 75% capacity. Signal < 75% = 50% capacity. For reciprocating compressors. however. For reciprocating compressors with total unloading. Signal < 50% = 25% capacity. Move the cursor down to USED FOR. The reciprocating compressor changes one capacity stage up or down depending on whether the signal is above or below the percentage corresponding to the capacity stage in question. The picture will now look like this: This works as follows: Start When the signal is above 5% (4. there will be a change to capacity remote control. 03. etc). and press G. Ex. and change the value to 0 (skip this if the value is 0) with J or K. which are used during the loading/unloading of capacity stages. 4 mA 20 mA CAPACITY SETPOINT 0 100 The capacity slide will now move from 0% to 100% corresponding to a change in the current from 4 .UNISAB II 2. Stop When the signal is below 5% (4. there will be a change to the chosen form of regulation (eg suction pressure regulation. Signal = 100% capacity. 2. The set point of the inlet temperature on the water side of plants that are regulated on brine temperature or hot water temperature can be dislocated by the outside temperature. the inlet temperature should be +12°C.+30 °C.20 mA temperature transducer.03 5. If the outside temperature is+0°C or less. Select an outside sensor with a range of 0 . Fig. or (UNIVERSAL regulator) EXT. the inlet temperature is to be corrected by the outside temperature. the starting number is changed to 0.UNISAB II 2. The factor by which the outside temperature will influence the inlet temperature positively or negatively must be set in the BRINE.fm In the menu CONFIG.COL/EXT. 5.3 T inlet 14 12 Sp 1 10 8 6 Sp 2 Sp 2 (+25 °C) T out 5 4 mA (30 °C) 20 mA (+25 °C) 4 2 T out No further compensation will be made once the outside temperature is above the top point of dis- -10 10 20 30 40 0178-445 . 03.2 T inlet Sp 1 (+65 5 ) °C 0178_430_en. 5. Example 1: On a water cooling unit. continuity and below the bottom point of discontinuity. select CONTROL ON = BRINE or HOTWATER. Note that the points of discontinuity in the diagram will be determined by the transducer measuring range as seen in the following examples 1 and 2.+25°C as shown in Fig. Climatic Control This function can be used for both reciprocating and screw compressors without automatic Vi regulation. HEAT as well as CLIMA CONTROL = YES in the menu CONFIG. 1) 2) If the outside temperature is +30 °C or more. The function is included in the menu CONFIG and is further described in section Configuration. 5. the inlet temperature should be +4°C. Use a standard temperature transducer with a suitabe temperature range. HOTWATER or UNIVERSAL regulator.09 95/222 . Compressor regulation When UNISAB II is configured to "capacity set point". In the picture CONFIG. set CONTROL ON on BRINE and CLIMA CONTROL on YES. This requires a 4 . Fig. eg -30 . The "old" starting number is stored and reinserted in case UNISAB II is configured differently from "capacity set point".ENG Rev. which is connected to the current inlet in UNISAB II as shown in the wiring diagrams positioned at the end of this manual. 3 shows how the inlet temperature is going to vary under the influence of the outside temperature. 5.3 by pressing G. BAND 12 °C 0 °C 3 °C 5 °C -20 -10 10 20 30 40 The ACTUAL SP shows the value according to which the inlet temperature is regulated at that particular moment. At the same time set NEUTRAL ZONE = 3°C and PROP. If the outside temperature is 30°C. INPUT OUTSIDE TEMP. 5. 5. Select menu BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS and go down to SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2. XXX A XX XX % 96/222 0178-445 . Fig.09 . Give SET POINT 2 the value SP2 = 40°C from the figure by pressing G. If the outside temperature is-10°C.4 T Inlet 80 70 60 50 SP2 SP1 40 30 20 10 T out SET POINT 1 SET POINT 2 NEUTRAL ZONE PROP.3 by pressing G. the value must be 12°C. Give SET POINT 2 the value SP2 = 4°C from Fig. The straight line in Fig. The picture will now look like this: Example 2: On a heat pump unit the inlet temperature is to be corrected by the outside temperature. The outside temperature can be seen in % of the measuring range in the picture MOTOR: In the drawing the settings are SP1 = 65°C at To = -10°C and SP2 = 40°C at To = 30°C. this value must be 4°C. The system is now adjusted to the desired function. Give SET POINT 1 the value SP1 = 65°C from the figure by pressing G.03 5. 1) 2) If the outside temperature is +30°C. Select the menu BRINE I BRINE TEMP I PARAMETERS and go down to SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 with K. 5. adjust CONTROL ON to HOTWATER and CLIMA CONTROL to YES. MOTOR CURR EXT. the inlet temperature must be +65 °C.BAND = 5°C as starting points.ENG Rev. If the outside temperature is 0°C. In the menu CONFIG. Give SET POINT 1 the value SP1 = 12°C from Fig. Note that SP1 belongs to the lowest and SP2 to the highest outside temperature.UNISAB II 2. Note that SP1 belongs to the lowest and SP2 to highest outside temperature. The straight line indicates how the inlet temperature is going to vary under the influence of the outside temperature. Select an outside sensor in the range -10 . Compressor regulation In the drawing the settings are SP1 = 12°C at To = 0°C and SP2 = 4°C at To = 30°C. the inlet temperature must be +40 °C. 03.+30 °C. the system will become very unstable and give rise to unnecessary wear and tear of the slide. the outdoor compensation will also be able to work here. Is this not the case. at normal oil temperature and by activating E F used for capacity regulation. With the slide in minimum position (< 5%) and with a constant pressure on E (capacity up). If the opposite effect is required. adjustable throttle valves have been built into the oil lines and by changing the opening degree of the throttle valves. SET POINT 1 SET POINT 2 NEUTRAL ZONE PROP. XXX A XX XX % Examples 1) and 2) precondition that the flow temperature is measured with the normal Pt 100 input. the slide movement can be adjusted to a suitable speed.fm MOTOR CURR EXT. If the outside temperature is 30°C.BAND = 5°C as starting points. Compressor regulation At the same time set NEUTRAL ZONE = 3°C and PROP. Volume ratio slide The volume ratio slide is moved by adding or removing oil for the slide piston cylinder. this value must be 40°C. The system is now adjusted to the desired function. If this movement takes place too fast. and with a constant pressure on F (capacity down) approx 60 sec to move down to 0%.03 5. the system will become very unstable and give rise to unnecessary wear and tear of the slide. BAND 65 °C 40 °C 3 °C 5 °C The ACTUAL SP shows the value according to which the inlet temperature is regulated at that particular moment. thus moving the slide in the desired direction.09 97/222 . the value must be 65°C. adjustable throttle valves have been built into the oil lines and by changing the opening degree of the throttle valves. The slide speed is checked with the compressor in MANUAL mode.ENG Rev. but if a temperature transducer of 4-20 mA is installed in a common reservoir. See section Universal regulator in which the procedure will be exactly the same as described in above examples as this regulator can also be used for both COOLING and HEATING functions. In both examples the inlet temperature will rise at falling outside temperatures. If this movement takes place too fast. 03. adjust the throttle valves. ie rising inlet temperature at rising outside temperature. The outside temperature can be seen in % of the measuring range in the picture CAPACITY: 0178_430_en. 0178-445 . the slide movement can be adjusted to a suitable speed. The movement is controlled by UNISAB II. If the outside temperature is -10°C. Adjusting slide speed (screw compressors with hydraulic slides) Capacity slide The capacity slide is moved by adding or removing oil from the slide piston cylinder. The movement is controlled by UNISAB II. thus moving the slide in the desired direction. it takes about 60 sec for the slide to move to 100%. SP1 and SP2 must be switched. To prevent the above. which activates the solenoid valves in the oil lines. INPUT CLIMA COMP.UNISAB II 2. To prevent the above. which activates the solenoid valves in the oil lines. an alarm will be issued.09 . the calculated zero point and the physical zero position will be the same. When the slide has reached minimum. The program in UNISAB II ensures that the SAB 202 compressor always adapts to the variable operating conditions. the capacity is shown as a negative value in the display. it has turned out to be expedient to enter a "floating zero point".UNISAB II 2. the capacity may be a negative value for a certain period. 03. This also applies to the movement from 100% to 0%. The movement from 0% to 100% must be adjusted on the throttle valves to last approx 120 sec. Variable Zero position In general The flow of screw compressors at low slide positions seen in relation to the fully loaded "flow". When the compressor stops. This will make the slide move to minimum position. Return to VI POSITION to check the slide movement. Check the speed of the movement from 0% to 100% in the picture with VI POSITION. which ensures that the compressor operates with a correct slide position. Use SET POINT 1 with either . suction pressure. is strongly dependent on the operating conditions. UNISAB II calculates a "zero point" below which the compressor capacity slide is not permittted to drop while the compressor is operating. The motor will stop. In case the calculated zero point cannot be set within a certain time limit. If the pressure conditions are changed during operation so that the calculated "zero point" of the slide is moved (whereby the corrected capacity is changed). change SET POINT 1 to 110%. This manually set zero point has the same function as described above in the sections for compressor start and stop. compressor type and capacity. SETPOINT 1 0. Compressor regulation The speed is checked with the compressor in MANUAL mode and at a normal oil temperature. The slide will now move to maximum position. Corrected capacity UNISAB II will automatically correct the capacity reading in relation to both the new calculated zero point and to the Vi slide position when automatic Vi regulation is included.10% or 110% to move the slide back and forth until the speed is correct. Thus. When the compressor starts. Based on discharge pressure. For all other screw compressor types than SAB 202 a "zero point" can be set manually.03 5. the new "zero point" will be calculated.ENG Rev. and the capacity slide moves as quickly as possible from a physical zero point (mechanical impact) to the calculated zero. and hereafter the slide will be pushed down to the physical zero position by the built-in spring. Once the differential pressure across the compressor has been equalized (Π=1). Select picture CAPACITY I VI POSITION I SET POINT 1. As long as the slide position is below the calculated zero point.0% and change the value to -10% by pressing G and K. which is dependent on the calculated movement. 98/222 0178-445 . if required. Bring the capacity slide to 20-30% position. the slide will drop to the calculated zero point. regardless of whether the setting is carried out automatically or manually.UNISAB II 2.fm The capacity slide signal from the position transmitter is scaled in such a way that 0% is read when the slide position corresponds to the calculated/set zero point. it is of great importance that the setting of the Vi slide is correct. Manual setting of new zero point (all types of screw compressors) For all screw compressor types without automatic zero point setting. manual setting is usually not allowed.ENG Rev. For SAB 202S and SAB 202L. it is very important that the setting of the Vi slide is correct. 0% 0% “Zero slide” Zero% pos. The current calculated value of the zero point is displayed in picture: SETUP I DIAGNOSIS I ZERO CAPACITY POS.03 5.5 0% Corrected capacity Pressure cond. corresponding to an optimum setting of the Vi slide. Consequently. The corrected capacity is calculated according to the following principle: Fig. With manual Vi regulation the zero point is corrected automatically by a factor that depends on an optimum (calculated) setting of the Vi-slide. below which the compressor capacity slide is not allowed to drop while the compressor is operating. Automatic setting of new zero point (SAB 202) The zero point for the various types of SAB 202 is calculated according to a programmed algorithm. it is possible to set a "zero point" manually. in the configuration point: MANUAL ZERO 0.5 12 4.09 99/222 . With manual Vi regulation the zero point is corrected and set automatically. which have automatic settings of the zero point. Consequently. slide Measured slide pos.: 1. and 100% is read when the capacity slide meets the Vi slide. 0178-445 . 100% 100% “Vi slide” 0% 0178_430_en. Compressor regulation With manual Vi regulation the capacity reading is automatically corrected in relation to the new calculated zero point.0% The setting ranges between 0-40% of max capacity slide travel (at Vi ratio = 2).5 3 2 Cap. Remember that whenever the Vi slide is moved manually. The manual setting of the zero point is carried out in the picture SETUP I CONFIG. 5. 100% 25 Volume cond. the position transmitter of the capacity slide must be recalibrated at 100%. 03. 03.09 . the timer 100/222 0178-445 . Built-in spacer block If the compressor has a built-in spacer block and Vi regulation is automatic. To obtain a correct calculation of the zero point.neg. will be stopped.UNISAB II 2. and on whether the compressor has male or female rotor drive: SAB 202 SM/ 50 Hz. is counting down by a factor somewhere between 1 and 180 depending upon the read negative capacity. 5. Each time the slide moves above 0% read capacity. swept volume = 2212 m3/h SAB 202 LM/ 50 Hz. Compressor regulation The setting will be stored when the compressor stops and/or UNISAB II is switched off. The swept volume of the compressor is determined on the basis of: Compressor type RPM (50/60 Hz) Male/female rotor In case of SAB 202. The reset value can be set in the interval of 60-20000.neg. The factory value is 10000. UNISAB II will automatically enter a swept volume value corresponding to the S type with Male rotor and a 2-pole 50 Hz motor. Thus. swept volume = 2385 m3/h SAB 202 LF/ 60 Hz. swept volume = 1590 m3/h SAB 202 LM/ 60 Hz. swept volume = 1229 m3/h SAB 202 SM/ 60 Hz. swept volume = 2862 m3/h The alarm In case the slide cannot reach the position corresponding to a calculated or set zero point (ie a positive read capacity) before the expiry of the timer Tcap. the compressor will be stopped with the following alarm: CAPACITY ERROR Each second the timer Tcap.NEG.03 5.ENG Rev. the travel of the capacity slide will be reduced by the % value [0-40%] which is entered in MANUAL ZERO so that the corrected capacity may be calculated and shown correctly. ie 1229 m3/h. Too low a value will result in the alarm Capacity error. swept volume = 1908 m3/h SAB 202 LF/ 50 Hz. swept volume = 1843 m3/h SAB 202 SF/ 60 Hz.0% The position transmitter is calibrated with the spacer block mounted and the Vi-slide in minimum (0%).. it is important that the compressor type and swept volume have been entered correctly. in the configuration point: MECHANICAL ZERO [NO/YES] MANUAL ZERO 0. It is very important that the timer has been set correctly. The timer is set in the picture SETUP I TIMERS I TIMER RESET in the timer CAP. swept volume = 1475 m3/h SAB 202 SF/ 50 Hz. the MECHANICAL ZERO must be set on YES.6 Configuration length of spacer block manual zero = length of total capacity travel 100% Setting of MECHANICAL ZERO is carried out in the picture SETUP I CONFIG. ie 50/60 Hz supply. The correct swept volume must be based on the number of revolutions of the compressor. The value [0-40%] that must be entered in MANUAL ZERO must have the following size: Fig. Too high a value will make the compressor run for too long a period with a negative capacity. The timer is reset (set to the reset value) and is restarted once the slide moves below -2% capacity. The capacity slide is moved according to the capacity requirement. the Vi slide is forced in mesh with the capacity slide. 0178_430_en. the MECANICAL ZERO must be set on YES. See section Built-in Spacer Block. POSITION CAPACITY 22. It is very useful to have this in mind when adjusting the PID regulators. there are two operating modes: Part load and full load. In all other cases MECHANICAL ZERO is set on NO. Note that in the survey pictures. 03.UNISAB II 2.as read) Electrical slide control (Screw compressors SAB 250 and SAB 330) These screw compressors are fitted with a capacity slide (master slide) driven by an AC motor through magnetic transmission.8%. the Vi slide is reset to minimum position by deactivating the solenoid valve. two new configuration points have been introduced in the picture SETUP I CONFIG. Only the capacity slide is fitted with a position transmitter. Manual setting of the zero point is carried out by entering a zero point between 0-40% of max capacity slide travel in MANUAL ZERO 0. as well as a hydraulical Vi slide (baby slide) which is controlled by a solenoid valve. VI MODE included in the picture SETUP I 0178-445 .fm CALCULATED ZERO MANUAL ZERO CAP.0% 66.0% (current reading 0-40%) (manual adjustment 0-40%) (current slide position corresponds to 4-20 mA (corrected capacity .ENG Rev. there is a pause of at least 1 second when changing the rotation direction of the motor. At full load.0% 0. As mentioned earlier. full load is indicated in the fourth line by a solenoid valve symbol: At part load. Zero pos.: MECHANICAL ZERO NO [/YES] MANUAL ZERO 0. gearbox and spindle.03 5. The digital output for the valve is always controlled automatically by UNISAB II. picture Reading of the current calculated zero point value as well as any manual set zero point value takes place in the diagnosis picture: SET UP I DIAGNOSIS I ZERO CAPACITY POS. UNISAB II changes from part load to full load mode when the capacity exceeds the selected limit.0% See section Manual setting of new zero point. Note that the minimum pulse when moving the capacity slide is 1 second.5% 100.09 101/222 . The Vi is then adjusted by changing the capacity slide position. Part load and full load As regards capacity control and Vi adjustment. which consequently moves the Vi slide. For a SAB 330L this corresponds to a minimum capacity position change of 1. the capacity is by definition 100%. Further.0% Only if the compressor has a built-in spacer block as well as automatic Vi regulation. By activating the solenoid valve. Compressor regulation The nominal swept volume at 50 Hz can be read on the compressor name plate. At part load. 2. 3. UNISAB II determines an optimal calculated Vi position xVi [%] according to suction pressure/discharge pressure ratio. AUTO and REMOTE. Change to normal capacity control. Change to full load When changing from part load to full load. UNISAB II returns to part load when the capacity requirement decreases. Furthermore. stop movement if/when reaching the limit for reasonable power consumption. Deactivate solenoid valve of Vi slide to release Vi slide and move it to minimum position. while VI POSITION is calculated from the actual capacity slide position. refrigerant and whether there is an economizer. Change to part load When changing from full load to part load. Move capacity slide (and thus Vi slide) to optimal position xcap [%] xVi. After this. The changes described are performed automatically in any of the modes MANUAL. Therefore. UNISAB II will run through the following steps: 1. At full load. the result would be an undesirable power consumption if the Vi slide valve is activated immediately. Compressor regulation CONFIG I COMPRESSOR. The default limit is VI MODE = 97%. 03. Brake DLY can be selected in the range 0 to 0. compressor type. The brake is also released for the period of time BRAKE DLY after deactivating the slide motor. but it can be adjusted in the range 70 to 97%. Position indications In the picture MOTOR. Slide brake control The slide brake is released for a short time BRAKE DLY . 4. while VI POSITION is 0%. If the actual position is much higher than xcap [%] xVi . 3. However. If still necessary.UNISAB II 2.before the slide motor is activated. 2. CAPACITY indication will show the actual capacity slide position.5 seconds in the picture DIAGNOSES I MISC. UNISAB II will run through the following steps: 1. the corresponding capacity slide position is calculated: xcap [%] xVi =100 [%] -xVi [%] * (Vi-slide [mm] /Cap-slide [mm]) While in full load mode. UNISAB II will move on to points 2 and 3. FUNCTIONS. the xcap[%] xVi is the set point of the capacity slide position regulator. move capacity slide (and thus Vi slide) as close as possible to the limit VI MODE to avoid undesirable capacity jumps. Move capacity slide if necessary (see below).03 5. CAPACITY and VI POSITION are indicated.09 . the capacity slide is 102/222 0178-445 . moved as quickly as possible down into the area where UNISAB II calculates that the power consumption will be reasonable. As regards point 1.ENG Rev. Activate solenoid valve of Vi slide to force Vi slide into mesh with capacity slide. Calculated Vi position When changing to or running in full load mode. UNISAB II compares the above defined xcap [%] xVi with the actual capacity slide position. If necessary. CAPACITY indication will show 100%. move capacity slide to the limit VI MODE. a capacity alarm will be issued. a CAPACITY timer is reset to 100 seconds. 03. Compressor regulation Capacity alarm If the slide does not move as expected.ENG Rev. If the timer reaches 0. the timer will count down. If a move is expected. This means that each time the slide moves at least 0. FUNCTIONS.UNISAB II 2. 0178_430_en.09 103/222 . The timer can be inspected in the picture DIAGNOSES I MISC.fm 0178-445 . the alarm will be issued.03 5.5% in the chosen direction. ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. Compressor regulation 104/222 0178-445 . 03.03 5.09 . ENG Rev. the red lamp will flash slowly.1illustrates how a standard limiter works with the high discharge pressure limiter as example. Limiting functions 6. If the compressor is in operation. the capacity regulation will be partly disabled. All relevant limiters are permanently in operation. a limiter can be watching.09 105/222 . Lz is calculated as half the difference between the alarm limit and the warning limit. Limiting functions UNISAB II includes a number of limiting functions (in the following called limiters). the display will show whether the limiter is passive or active. In case the compressor is in MANUAL mode and a limiter is active. In most cases. The purpose of a limiter is to prevent shutdowns by limiting or even changing the compressor capacity when the measured value exceeds the selected limits.03 6. 6. Fig. Further. the compressor cannot be started.UNISAB II 2. and the warning relay will be activated. While a limiter is passive or active. 0178-445 . If necessary. "changing the capacity" means decreasing it. the compressor start/stop and the capacity regulation will work normally. if a limiter is active. In general. However. AUTO and REMOTE. the following special limiters exist: • • • High suction pressure Suction ramp High discharge temperature 0178_431_en. the capacity will be changed actively. passive or active. this is not the case with all limiters. When a limiter is passive or active. the capacity slide will automatically be returned to its original value as soon as the limiter is watching. In all other cases. they will intervene in any of the operating modes MANUAL. Further. In the special case of the high motor current limiter.Psuct (HPO and HPC reciprocating compressors) Furthermore. While all limiters are watching. There is a standard limiter for each of the following: • • • • • • Low suction pressure High discharge pressure High motor current Low brine temperature High water temperature High differential pressure Pdiff =Pdisch . the value of Lz is 2% for screw compressors and 5% for reciprocating compressors. 03.fm Standard limiters The standard limiting function is based on the user selected high/low alarm limit. high/low warning limit and the limiting zone Lz. Compressor is stopped (shutdown) immediately. most reciprocating compressor limiters differ from the corresponding limiters for screw compressor in the way that when the measured value is within the limiting zone. Limiting functions Fig.09 106/222 . 6. it cannot be started. and 1000 5% = 950 kW for reciprocating compressors. If the limiter has been watching. the limit for the limiting zone will be 1000 .ENG Rev. Motor current limiter Even the high motor current limiter is special for reciprocating compressors. Limiter is active. Normal control. it will become passive for as long as it is in the limiting zone. capacity is reduced and timer restarted. but possibly by egulator. If the limiter has been active.03 6.Lz = 14 -1 = 13 bar.1. As indicated. while the warning limit is 14 bar. If compressor is not in operation. the size of the limiting zone (Lz) is then (16 -14) / 2 = 1 bar. the motor current will increase by the size of the drop. Limiter becomes active. Capacity is reduced at once. it cannot be started. It is assumed that if the stage is re-engaged. Limiter is passive. If compressor is not running. Limiter changes from passive to watching. To avoid disengaging and re-engaging in turn. When one stage is disengaged due to the limiter. 03. If compressor is not running. At each timeout. the status of the limiter will depend on whether the limiter has been watching or active. 0178-445 . Note that the warning limit for motor current is SET POINT 1 selected in the picture MOTOR I MOTOR POWER.UNISAB II 2. Capacity cannot be increased. it can be started. Capacity is not reduced by Limiter. As shown in Fig. Limiter changes from active to passive. until compressor stops at low capacity. In the example.1 SCREW COMPRESSORS (ALL LIMITERS) and RECIPR. the resulting motor current drop will be measured. the alarm (= shutdown) limit for high discharge pressure has been set for 16 bar. capacity can increase or decrease. The limit of the limiting zone is thus warning limit . 6. the limiter will ensure that the stage will not be re-engaged until the resulting current will be below 95% of the limit for the limiter zone. If SETPOINT 1 = 1000 kW. Limiter changes from watching to passive.2% = 980 kW for screw compressors. and timer begins to count. COMPRESSORS (MOTOR CURRENT LIMITER) RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS (ALL LIMITERS EXCEPT MOTOR CURRENT LIMITER) ALARM WARNING Limiting zone Time Time 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Limiter is watching. it will remain watching in the limiting zone. Suction ramp With the timer SUCTION RAMP it is possible to indicate the speed at which the compressor is allowed to lower its suction pressure 1°C. – In AUTO and REMOTE the timer STOP DELAY will be started at 50/66% if the regulator sends out a down regulating signal. At present the limit curve (which is a straight line) is fixed on the basis of a max permissible discharge pipe/oil temperature(T2max) of 150°C as well as suction superheating of 10°C. PRESS HIGH LIM" will appear. Max capacity at "high suction pressure limitation" is set in picture: SETUP I CALIBRATE I CAP. Whenever the limiting function is active. The function. AUTO or REMOTE.03 6. When the limiting function is active during operation. 0178_431_en. Special limiters High suction pressure limitation It is possible to have a high suction pressure limiting function. the timer DELAY DOWN will be started at 50/66%. with 50% capacity or more.10 and onwards a capacity limiting function has been entered for all one-stage reciprocating compressors using refrigerant R717. for CMO. High limit can be set between 0% and 100% where a setting of 100% disables the function. the following will occur: – It is impossible. is a combination of low suction pressure limiting function and a ramp function. to unload capacity stages so that the capacity drops below 50%.x%.2 bar. however.2 bar and a fixed alarm limit of 26 bar. corresponding to the operating diagram zone 2 (zone 4. ie 50/66% are the lowest capacity stages also when "total unloading" has been selected. The effect of this high suction pressure limiting function is that the compressor capacity is limited to an adjustable max value whenever the suction pressure is above the suction pressure warning limit.UNISAB II 2. LIMIT as: LIMIT HIGH xxx. Limiting functions High difference pressure limiter Note in particular that this limiter only applies to HPO and HPC compressors and that it has a fixed warning limit of 25. At such operating conditions compressors of the CMO/HPO and SMC/HPC type must as minimum load 50% of their capacity when starting up and during operation. especially at excessive differential pressure. If the suction pressure ramp limiting function prevents the compressor from increasing its capacity above 5%. SMC 100 S/L and SMC 180).fm 0178-445 . 03. The suction pressure limitation without the ramp function can stop the compressor if capacity comes below 5% for a longer period. If one of the limiting functions is to unload capacity. In the WARNING picture the text "SUCT. the following will occur at start-up: – Capacity stages corresponding to a minimum of 50% will be loaded. the timer STOP DELAY will not be activated and the compressor will continue operating. High discharge pipe temperature (one-stage reciprocating compressors) From version 1. both in MANUAL.ENG Rev.09 107/222 . The limiter is released at 25 bar and it is passive between 25-25. This function is activated at certain operating conditions. which is used for as long as the compressor is working down towards its normal operating point. AUTO or REMOTE. the situation will be the same as the one described in the previous section. the limit curve will be dislocated accordingly. – If one of the other limiting functions is to unload capacity. 108/222 0178-445 .+30°C By adjusting SET POINT 2 parameter for suction superheating upwards or downwards. the timer DELAY DOWN will stop at 50/66%. the timer STOP DELAY will be started.20°C compared to normal .ENG Rev. – If the regulator sends out a regulating up signal and the compressor is loading stages so that capacity rises to 50% or more. – In AUTO and REMOTE the compressor will be stopped on the "total unloading timer" provided the regulator is neutral and capacity remains below 50% for more than approx 4 mins.03 6. the limiting function will not actively begin to load stages. will appear if the compressor is to be stopped on the "total unloading timer" due to insufficient capacity or if the limiting function prevents the capacity from being reduced in MANUAL.UNISAB II 2. The limit curve (limiting zones 2/4) corresponds as standard to suction superheating of 10°C (factory value). Adjusting range: -10 . Limiting functions If the compressor is operating at a capacity below 50% when the limiting function is active. If SET POINT 2 is set for -10°C. the limit curve will be dislocated so much upward . the following will take place: – In MANUAL the compressor will be stopped on the "total unloading timer" provided that the capacity stays below 50% for more than approx 4 mins. 03. In the WARNING picture the text LIMITING DISCHARGE TEMP. Since the limit curve is directly dependent on the suction superheating of the plant. the actual superheating of the plant must be entered as set point 2 in picture: SUCTION SIDE I SUCTION SUPERHEAT.09 . – If the regulator sends out a regulating down signal. However.that the limiting fuction will be disconnected. I SETPOINT 2 if it differs from the above factory value. Recipr. None None2) 3) None None SUCT. PRESS HIGH LIM3) None LIMITING DISCH. None None None LIMITING BRINE TEMP SUCT. Active indication Standard Limiters: Low suction pressure High discharge pressure High motor current Low brine temperature High water temperature High differential pressure READY READY Irrelevant READY READY Irrelevant SUCTION LIM. Passive indication WARNING picture. Screw compressors Limiter Compressor stopped Compressor running Overview picture indication WARNING picture. PRESS None LIMITING BRINE TEMP and LIMITING SUCT. OVERLOAD SUCTION LIM. 1) SUCTION LIM. OVERLOAD SUCTION LIM. Passive indication WARNING picture. Limiting functions Display indications The following tables show the texts appearing in the display in connection with the various limiters.09 109/222 . TEMP 0178-445 . DISCHARGE LIM. PRESS HIGH LIM3) Irrelevant Irrelevant LIMITING SUCT. RUNN. PRESS LOW LIM DISCH. PRESS LIMITING HOT WATER and LIMITING DISCH. compressor Compressor stopped or running Limiter Overview picturei ndication WARNING picture.ENG Rev. 1) SUCTION LIM. Special Limiters: None High suction pressure Suction ramp High discharge temperature SUCTION LIM.fm Suction ramp High discharge temp. PRESS LIMITING DISCH. Irrelevant None2) 3) LIMITING SUCT.UNISAB II 2. PRESS Irrelevant SUCT. PRESS Irrelevant SUCT. Active indication Standard Limiters: Low suction pressure High discharge pressure High motor current Low brine temperature SUCTION LIM. PRES HIGH LIM None BRINE TEMP LOW LIM and LIMITING BRINE TEMP BRINE TEMP HIGH LIM and LIMITING HOT WATER Irrelevant 0178_431_en.03 6. DISCHARGE LIM. Irrelevant Special Limiters: High suction pressure READY Irrelevant Irrelevant SUCTION LIM. PRESS LOW LIM DISCH. RUNN. PRES HIGH LIM None BRINE TEMP LOW LIM and LIMITING BRINE TEMP BRINE TEMP HIGH LIM and LIMITING HOT WATER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE High water temperature DISCHARGE LIM. DISCHARGE LIM. LIMITING HOT WATER High differential pressure DISCHARGE LIM. 03. it will remain active until the 3.ENG Rev.03 6.UNISAB II 2. 2. pressure comes below the warning limit less 2°C/R. 110/222 0178-445 . Only shown while capacity is limited. 03. Limiter is not active or passive like standard limiters.09 . If limiter is active (at suction pressure > warning limit). It actively limits capacity so that it is less than or equal to the selected LIMIT HIGH. Limiting functions Notes: 1. UNISAB II 2. the pump will start immediately.ENG Rev. Normal setting for SAB 202: SET POINT 1 = 2. Under all circumstances certain alarms are suppressed at this stage as described in sections Alarms and warnings and Timers. Make sure that the capacity slide is in minimum position. The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation.suction pressure) is below SET POINT 1 during operation. 0178_432_en. The oil is pumped into the compressor lubrication system. When the value has been set. SET POINT 1 is the pressure at which the pump is to start. When the compressor differential pressure has been higher than SET POINT 2 for 60 sec. Some types have prelubrication whereas others start directly. the oil full flow pump will start. Compressor control and surveillance 7. the pump will stop. press G once more.09 111/222 . The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. 0178-445 .5 Bar SET POINT 2 = 4 Bar Move the cursor to SET POINT 1 and press G until the cursor moves to the right in the picture. ie the capacity slide is fixed in maximum position and cannot be moved. The pump will stop when the differential pressure is above SET POINT 2 as described above. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressature High filter diff. 03.03 7. On SAB 202 this is generally always the case as the slide is pushed down by a spring. Compressor control and surveillance The various types of reciprocating and screw compressors start in differents ways. If the compressor differential pressure (discharge pressure . The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec SAB 202. Consequently. When the time has expired the compressor is started and the pump will now run for min 60 sec. The electric oil pump is used for prelubrication and for maintenance of a minimum oil pressure during operation. adjust SET POINT 1 to the lowest pressure level. In the same way adjust SET POINT 2. SAB 163H/128H MK3 with oil pump & VMY Mk3 with full flow pump The pump is used for prelubrication and for maintaining of a minimum oil pressure level during operation. Starting sequence When the compressor has received starting permission. the prelubrication period will start.fm SAB 128HR and 163HR with oil pump The compressors SAB 128 and SAB 163 HR are frequency regulated screw compressors. The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 appear. and SET POINT 2 is the pressure at which the pump is to stop. With K and J set the value. and when the oil flow switch is activated. When the compressor differential pressure has been higher than SET POINT 2 for 60 sec. The pump is started and stopped in accord- 112/222 0178-445 . If this does not succeed. The speed is increased to 1000 rpm in 10 seconds. Normal setting for SAB 250/330: SET POINT 1 = 2.5 Bar SET POINT 2 = 4. the pump will stop. When the oil flow switch is activated. Starting sequence When SAB 250/330 compressor stops. The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear. When the value has been set. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: See also section Timers.suction pressure) is below SET POINT 1 during operation. 03.0 Bar Set points are adjusted as described in the previous section. Consequently. SAB 330 and SAB 355 with oil pump The pump is used for prelubrication and for maintaining a minimum oil pressure level during operation. the prelubrication period will start. Low oil pressure High filter diff. Starting sequence Once the compressor has received permission to start. When the compressor has recieved starting permission. UNISAB II will attempt to move the capacity slide below 5% capacity. The oil is pumped into the compressor lubrication system.UNISAB II 2.5 Bar SET POINT 2 =4. the oil full flow pump will start.09 . The oil flow switch must be activated within 600 seconds to avoid disconnection. and SET POINT 2 is the pressure at which the pump is to stop. If the compressor differential pressure (discharge pressure . SET POINT 1 is the pressure at which the pump is to start.03 7. and when the oil flow switch is activated. With K and J set the value. the oil pump will start and oil will be pumped into the compressor lubrication system.ENG Rev. The pump will operate for a minimum of 60 seconds and stop if the differential pressure is higher than SET POINT 2 as described above. In the same way adjust SET POINT 2. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec SAB 283. adjust SET POINT 1 to the lowest pressure level. When the time has expired. the compressor will start and the pump will now run for min 60 sec.0 Bar Move the cursor to SET POINT 1 and press G until the cursor moves to the right of the picture. The frequency converter will receive a signal to start. the solenoid valve (capacity slide down) will be open for 15 seconds and the electric fan will start. the pump will start immediately. ance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. Compressor control and surveillance Normal setting for SAB 128/163 HR: SET POINT 1 = 2. press G once more. a CAPACITY ERROR alarm will be issued and the compressor will not start. Normal setting for GSV/RWF: SET POINT 1 = 2. it must be checked if the capacity slide is in minimum position. SET POINT 2 = 4. press G once more.UNISAB II 2. the pump will start immediately. the pump will stop.0 bar. the oil level switch in the oil separator must be activated. After a delay of 60 seconds from compressor start. Starting sequence When the compressor has received starting permission. Compressor control and surveillance The pump will stop when the differential pressure is above SET POINT 2 as described above. SET POINT 1 is the pressure at which the pump is to start whereas SET POINT 2 is the pressure at which the pump is to stop.suction pressure) is below SET POINT 1 during operation.03 7. When the compressor differential pressure has been higher than SET POINT 2 for 60 seconds. Low oil pressure High filter diff. Start the compressor. If the compressor differential pressure (discharge pressure . Set the value by means of K and J . set SET POINT 1 for the lowest pressure level. The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. Move the cursor to SET POINT 1 and press G until the cursor has moved to the right side of the picture. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: GSV/RWF with oil pump The pump is used for prelubrication and for maintaining a minimum oil pressure level during operation.fm Starting sequence When the compressor has received starting permission. 03. make sure that the capacity slide and the volume slide (if fitted with automatic Vi) are in minimum position. Before starting the compressor. Consequently. SET POINT 2 is set in the same way. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec The delayed alarms are described in section Timers. When the value has been set. In case of compressor stop. check whether the capacity slide is still in minimum position. The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec See also section Timers 0178-445 . Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff.ENG Rev.09 113/222 .5 bar. no signal from the level switch for more than 10 seconds will result in disconnection. SAB 80 with fitted (mechanical) oil pump 0178_432_en. 03. The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear.03 7. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. If this is not the case. an alarm for oil system error will be issued. SV 24/26 with oil pump The compressors SV 24 and SV 26 are small slide regulated screw compressors. The electrical oil pump is used for prelubrication and for maintenance of a minimum oil pressure during operation.ENG Rev.0 Bar Set points are adjusted as described in the previous section. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec The delayed alarms are described in section Timers. 114/222 0178-445 . the compressor will start and the pump will run for min 60 seconds. ie the mounted slide is only used during start and stop. the compressor will start. The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. The oil pump is started and oil will now be pumped into the compressor lubrication system. When the oil flow switch is activated. The pump will operate for a minimum of 60 seconds and stop if the differential pressure is higher than SET POINT 2 as described above. No signal from the oil level switch will result in disconnection after a delay of 60 seconds from compressor start or during operation. To avoid disconnection.5 Bar SET POINT 2 = 4. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Normal setting for SV24/26: SET POINT 1 = 2. The electrical oil pump is used for prelubrication and maintenance of a minimum oil pressure during operation.UNISAB II 2. check that the capacity slide is in minimum position.09 . When the time period has expired. Starting sequence Once the compressor has received starting permission. FV 24/26 with oil pump The compressors FV 24 and FV 26 are small frequency regulated screw compressors. the prelubrication period will begin and the oil will be pumped into the compressor lubrication system. If the oil level switch is active. The pump will stop if the differential pressure is higher than SET POINT 1. the oil flow switch must be activated within 45 seconds. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec Low oil pressure High filter diff. Compressor control and surveillance Before start-up the oil level switch in the oil separator must be active. The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. the solenoid valve (capacity slide down) will be open for 15 seconds and the electrical fan will start. The electrical oil pump is used for prelubrication and for maintenance of a minimum oil pressure during operation. Normal setting for FV 24/26: SET POINT 1 = 2. The pump will operate for a minimum of 60 seconds and will stop if the differential pressure is higher than SET POINT 2 as described above.09 115/222 .03 7.ENG Rev.0 Bar Set points are adjusted as described in the previous chapter. The oil flow switch must be activated within 45 seconds to avoid disconnection. The pump is started and stopped in accordance with the compressor differential pressure during operation. The speed is increased to 1000 rpm in 10 seconds. 0178_432_en.5 Bar SET POINT 2 = 4. the oil pump will start and oil is pumped into the compressor lubrication system. Normal setting for FV 19: SET POINT 1 = 2. Starting sequence Once the compressor has received starting permission. an oil by-pass solenoid valve for unloading will open for 15 seconds and the electrical fan will start. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec FV 19 with oil pump The compressor FV 19 is a small frequency regulated screw compressor without the stage regulated capacity control as featured in the SV 19. Compressor control and surveillance The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear.UNISAB II 2. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. When the oil flow switch is activated. The difference is set in the picture OIL I OIL PRESSURE I PARAMETER whereupon SET POINT 1 and SET POINT 2 will appear. When the oil flow switch is activated. Starting sequence Once the compressor has received permission to start. The pump will operate for a minimum of 60 seconds and stop if the differential pressure is higher than SET POINT 2 as described above. The oil flow switch must be activated within 45 seconds to avoid disconnection.5 Bar SET POINT 2 = 4. the oil pump will start and oil will be pumped into the compressor lubrication system.0 Bar Set points are adjusted as described in the previous section. The speed is increased to 1200 rpm in 10 seconds. Starting signal is transmitted to the frequency converter.fm See also section Timers 0178-445 . The frequency converter will then receive a signal to start. 03. VMY Mk 3 without full flow pump Once the compressor has received starting permission. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec See also section Timers. the compressor will start and the pump will run for 60 sec. 03. When the time period has expired. pressure Low superheat High superheat High/low oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec The pump will run for 60 sec and stop. the prelubrication period will start. The built-in spring ensures that the capacity slide is in minimum position. make sure that the capacity slide is in minimum position. the pump will start.03 7. See also section Timers. Make sure that the capacity slide is in minimum position.ENG Rev. 116/222 0178-445 . The compressor will start working. the pump will start. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec See also section Timers. the compressor will stop.09 . VMY Mk 2 and 2.5 with built-in oil pump Once the compressor has received starting permission. SAB 128/163 Mk 2 Booster with oil pump Once the compressor has received starting permission. Compressor control and surveillance Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. Check that the capacity slide is in minimum position. the oil pump will start. The oil is pumped into the compressor lubrication system. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. If there is no signal from the oil flow switch for 10 sec during operation. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff.UNISAB II 2. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec SAB 110/128/163 Mk 2 without oil pump Once the compressor has received starting permission. Start the compressor and wait for a signal from the oil flow switch for max 50+10 sec. As soon as the oil flow switch has been activated. See also section Timers. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. 03 7. STOPPED will appear in the bottom line of the display. the compressor will stop immediately. However. the compressor will stop. Reciprocating compressors No particular starting up sequence exists for reciprocating compressors. the compressor will start. The built-in spring ensures that the capacity slide is in minimum position. Compressor control and surveillance Start the compressor and wait for a signal from the oil flow switch for max 50+10 sec. In case of a booster compressor. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. External starting permission immediate stop The input must be connected in order for the compressor to run in MANUAL.gas superheat 60 sec 20 sec 15 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 0178_432_en. The following descriptions of the various functions must be compared with the wiring diagrams in which the activating connections are included. 03. and the pump will work for 300 sec and then stop. pressure 300 sec 300 sec Low disch. If there is no signal from the oil flow switch for 10 sec during operation. 0178-445 . Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High oil pressure Low suct.UNISAB II 2. See also section Timers. the pump will start. The oil pump runs continually during operation to ensure sufficient pressure to move the capacity slide. AUTO or REMOTE.fm See also section Timers. When the input is open. the pump will run continually during operation to ensure sufficient pressure to move the capacity slide. If this input is opened during operation. pressure Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 45 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec Low superheat High superheat Low/high oil temperature 300 sec 300 sec 300 sec See also section Timers. some alarms are delayed at this stage. the prelubrication period will begin.09 117/222 . The oil is pumped into the compressor lubrication system and when the oil flow switch is activated. gas superheat Low/high intermediate discharge temperature See also section Timers. When this period has expired.gas superheat Low/high oil temperature SAB 163 Mk 1 with oil pump Once the compressor has received starting permission. Alarm surveillance During start the following alarms are delayed: Low oil pressure High filter diff. High suct.ENG Rev. Note: As from 2001 SAB 128/163 Mk3 and SAB 202 are no longer as standard fitted with a valve for external connection to the oil pump suction side. Press G and move the cursor back to START OIL PUMP. In SET POINT 2 a lower value may be entered if the absorbed current is to be limited in certain periods.UNISAB II 2. If the pump is to stop before time expiry. Motor current measuring UNISAB II can be supplied with a signal 0-1 Amp AC directly from a current transformer in the compressor motor starter. The correct number can now be set by using J or K . Set points are set by placing the cursor on SET POINT 1 or SET POINT 2 respectively. then select YES with J or K . For SAB 202. and the compressor will stop on its delay before the actual time to stop. 03. manual (screw compressors) Oil charging cannot take place with UNISAB II in "STOPPED". select menu MOTOR I MOTOR CURRENT and the following picture will appear: Oil charging. See wiring diagrams. Next.ENG Rev. If the input has not been connected. Set the number of seconds the pump is to run. CURR to get a correct reading of the current. Open input = SET POINT 1. the compressor will not reduce capacity once the input EXTERNAL STARTING PERMISSION NORMAL STOP is opened. See also Current limiters. it can be started in the following way: Select menu TIMERS I OIL CHARGING and the following picture will appear: ACTUAL SP SET POINT 1 SET POINT 2 XX A XX A XX A START OIL PUMP TIMER NO 0 sec Place the cursor on TIMER and press G until the cursor moves to the right. 118/222 0178-445 . select NO under START OIL PUMP. The pump will now start and run for the time set. Press G until the cursor moves to the right.03 7. Compressor control and surveillance External starting permission normal stop This input and IMMEDIATE STOP must be connected before the compressor is going to start in AUTO or REMOTE. If the compressor is fitted with an oil pump for oil charging. If the input is opened during operation. sued while the oil pump is in manual operation for oil charging. Thus it is not possible to charge oil with the unit oil pump. In case the input CAPACITY DOWN BLOCKED is connected. SAB Mk3 and VMY Mk3 compressors a warning "Watch the oil pressure" will be is- In SET POINT 1 enter the motor full load current of the motor as read on the name plate. Press G until the cursor moves to the right. It is possible to change between two set points by opening or closing a digital input.09 . the compressor capacity will move to its minimum position. the display will read STOPPED in the bottom line. The value for the voltage ratio of the current transformer must be entered in the menu CONFIG I RANGE M. Then select the menu MOTOR I MOTOR POWER. cf section Configuration. See also Current limiter Thermistor connection If the motor is fitted with thermistors for protection of the motor temperature. mechanical efficiency as well as Carnot efficiency. Motor power consumption in kW. Aux. OUTPUT. Press G and the cursor moves to NOT USED. Volume flow of cooling gas on pressure side (m3/h). In the menu CALIB I CALIBRATE COP. the compressor will stop. RUNNING 0178-445 . OUTPUT ACTIVATED WHEN NOT USED The cursor is on AUX.ENG Rev. AT MAX CAP. Switch between the two set points by opening or closing a digital input.09 119/222 .20 l/pls 3. these can be connected directly to a digital input. The calculated COP values are shown in the picture SETTING I DIAGNOSIS I COP. select MOTOR SIGNAL for kW. Should the motor temperature rise excessively. OUTPUT the following picture will appear: COP set-up UNISAB II can be set for measuring compressor COP (Coefficient Of Performance). A more comprehensive description of the COP funtion and its setting is included in the manual UNISAB II-COP.0 The COP function is connected and disconnected in the menu SETTING I CONFIG I COP ACTIVE. 03. and the following picture will appear: The measuring of these values are set in the picture CONFIG I COP. Together with suction and discharge pressure and temperature. See wiring diagrams. cf wiring diagrams. COP ACTIVE FLOW FACTOR LIQ. In SET POINT 2 a lower value can be entered for periods when less power is required.03 7. Motor efficiency. SUBCOOL NO 0. Open input = SET POINT 1.UNISAB II 2. Enter the power ratio of the power transmitter in the menu CONFIG I RANGE M. Compressor control and surveillance Motor power measuring UNISAB II can be supplied with a 4-20 mA signal from a power transmitter of 0-xxxx KW. CURR to get a correct reading of the power output. AUX.fm In SET POINT 1 enter the motor top load power read on the name plate. ACTUAL SP SET POINT 1 SET POINT 2 xxxx KW xxxx KW xxxx KW 0178_432_en. With J or K choose between: • • • • READY AT MIN CAP. output In the menu CALIB I AUX. the following values form basis of the calculations: • • • • Temperature of chilled liquid before evaporator. UNISAB II 2.03 7. Compressor control and surveillance • READY-EXT. This function is connected to a digital output. See wiring diagrams. 1) READY: If selecting this function, the output will be activated when the compressor is ready for operation in REMOTE. This means that AUTO START has been configured (and AUTO STOP), EXTERNAL START NORMAL STOP has been set. There are no alarms - and the compressor can start. AT MIN CAP: If selecting this function, the output will be activated when the compressor is below LOW LIMIT, which is set in the menu CALIB I CAP. LIMIT. The hysterisis is 1%. AT MAX CAP: Select this function and the output is activated when the compressor is above HIGH LIMIT, which is set in the menu CALIB I CAP. LIMIT. The hysterisis is 1%. in this state by closing a digital input. See wiring diagrams. The input overrules EXTERNAL STARTING PERMISSION, NORMAL STOP. In case the compressor runs in limited operation, it will, however, reduce its capacity. When the state of operation is back to normal, the compressor will return to full load. See also Limitations. If the input is connected while the compressor is READY to start in AUTO or REMOTE, the compressor will be started by force. 2) Power management system (PMS) This function works in MANUAL, AUTO or REMOTE operation. It is a kind of "an agreement to start" system, consisting of one digital output "Compressor ready to start", which is set when the compressor is to start, as well as a digital input "Permission to start OK". This input must be set before the timer "PMS confirmation" expires in order for the compressor to start. The alarm "Power management system error" is activated if the input "Permission to start OK" has not been set before the timer "PMS confirmation" expires. The signal can be removed during operation without stopping the compressor. 3) Please note that the line CAP.LIMITER is not included in the CALIBRATION menu until the auxiliary output has been selected as either AT MIN. CAP. or AT MAX. CAP. 4) RUNNING: If selecting this function, the output will be activated whenever the compressor is operating, ie when the start signal to the compressor has been set. READY-EXT.: This function corresponds to the above READY function, but here it is not required that EXTERNAL START NORMAL STOP must be set for the output to be activated. The function works both in REMOTE and AUTO. Cold store function This function is connected to the regulators for capacity regulation of the compressor. Usually, the compressor is going to start in AUTO or REMOTE/MULITSAB if the measured value is outside the neutral zone and a capacity requirement exists. If COLD STORE FUNCTION has been selcected in the menu CONFIG, the compressor will not start until the measured value is outside the P 5) Capacity down blocked When the compressor is in max capacity in AUTO or REMOTE, it is possible to lock the compressor 120/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 7. Compressor control and surveillance Band. After this, it will regulate normally in accordance with the set point. Fig. 7.1 Example of cold store function UNISAB II is set for suction pressure regulation with Set point (Sp) = -40°C Neutral zone (Nz) = 4 K Proportional band (Pb) = 5 K NORMAL Suct.press (°C/R) pressor is now going to start within the period of time set in the timer START HPRESS. After this, the compressors will regulate normally on the capacity regulator. Please note that the last compressor in operation in a MULTISAB system (usually the no 1 compressor in the starting sequence) will not stop on the timer STOP DELAY. It can only be stopped by opening the input EXT START, NORMAL STOP, which makes the compressor stop for a moment. -33 -38 -40 1 Pb = 5 K Nz = 4 K Pb = 5 K Oil return (reciprocating compressors) The solenoid valve for oil return from the oil separator/oil reservoir to the compressor will be open when the compressor starts and an ON signal is issued from one digital input (or in the case of two-stage compressors two digital input). In case of a one-stage compressor, only the digital input for high-pressure oil separator is used. Here, the input must be ON before the digital output oil return is set. In case of two-stage compressors where both the IP and HP part may have their own oil separator, the digital inputs INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE OIL RETURN and HIGH PRESSURE OIL RETURN are used. Here, both inputs must be ON before setting the digital output for oil return. From version 1.10 the opening of the solenoid valve(s) for oil return can be combined with an adjustable time delay. At compressor start the output(s) for oil return is/are not opened until the time set in the timer OIL RETURN has expired. The time delay function will be disconnected if the timer OIL RETURN is set for 0 sec or when the digital inputs for intermediate and high pressure oil return are OFF. 1 Compressor start (Just outside Nz) COLD STORE FUNCTION 0178_432_en.fm Suct.press (°C/R) 1 -33 Pb = 5 K -38 -40 Nz = 4 K Pb = 5 K 1 Compressor start (Just outside Pb) Note on screw compressors It is not recommended to use the cold store function on screw compressors! HP on TWO-STAGE This function is used on two-stage plants to start HP compressors by force. HP on TWO-STAGE must have been selected in the menu CONFIG. The function only works in REMOTE/MULTISAB. A compressor is started by force by closing the input EXT START, NORMAL STOP. The first com- 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 121/222 UNISAB II 2.03 7. Compressor control and surveillance The time delay OIL RETURN is set in the timer picture TIMER I TIMER SETUP. DEF. REFRIGERANT R000 Oil heating Oil heating is NOT a configuration point, but it has various functions depending on whether the compressor in question is configured as a reciprocating or a screw compressor. Screw compressors A heating element will be connected while the compressor is not in operation and there is no temperature regulation. Reciprocating compressors The heating element outlet is activated by decreasing oil temperature. This function is active both at compressor stand-still and when the compressor is in operation. The set point of this value is set in picture OIL TEMP I PARAMETER, SET POINT 2. The set point has a fixed hysteresis of 5K. Ex: Set point 2 = 35°C: Heating starts at 35°C and stops at (35+5) = 40°C. TEMP: -90 °C/R -85 °C/R -80 °C/R -75 °C/R -70 °C/R -65 °C/R -60 °C/R -55 °C/R -50 °C/R -45 °C/R -40 °C/R -35 °C/R -30 °C/R PRESS (ABS): 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR Definition of refrigerant R000 If the refrigerant used cannot be found in the list of refrigerants - see section Configuration - it is possible to select a user defined refrigerant designated R000 (the R000 designation does not refer to any known refrigerant). Before selecting R000 in SETUP I CONFIG enter the data for the substances (the refrigerant curve) contained in the refrigerant used. In the menu SETUP I CALIB I DEF. REFRIGERANT R000, the following picture will appear: -25 °C/R -20 °C/R -15 °C/R -10 °C/R -5 °C/R 00 °C/R 05 °C/R 10 °C/R 15 °C/R 20 °C/R 122/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 7. Compressor control and surveillance 25 °C/R 30 °C/R 35 °C/R 40 °C/R 45 °C/R 50 °C/R 55 °C/R 60 °C/R 65 °C/R 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 70 °C/R 75 °C/R 80 °C/R 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR 00.00 BAR For BAR/°C, enter the pressure as absolute pressure in 1/100 BAR. For temperatures enter values between -90°C and +80°C with intervals of 5°C. Each pressure value in the table must be given a certain value. The pressure can be entered in the range of 00.00 and 99.99 BAR. The table has been initialized to 00.00 BAR. 0178_432_en.fm 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 123/222 ENG Rev.03 7. 03.UNISAB II 2.09 . Compressor control and surveillance 124/222 0178-445 . 03.0. 33 55 55 200 55 55 -1-+25 55 Max.02.fm MEAS. HPC/HPO MAX. Use the following pressure transducers: Table 10 Unit = BAR COMPRESSOR TYPE SAB/VMY SMC TSMC/ TCMO SUCT. relay prints.2 +/. pressure transducers or batteries.09 125/222 .5 +/. Calibration 8. 1) Eg in connection with replacement of CPU prints.0.0.PRESS.ENG Rev. Insufficient or incorrect setting of pressure transducers may lead to compressor breakdown or personal injury.03 8.POINT -1-+9 -1-+9 -1-+9 -1-+25 DISCH. but a recheck must be made before start-up. permissible deviation at ATM.2 +/. Calibration Before initial compressor start-up and after service1). See also section Service.PRESS -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+25 -1-+59 -1-+25 OIL PRESS DIFF PRESS INTERM.0.5 +/. This is very important as failure to adjust may lead to malfunction during operation. PRESS.0. Their values have usually been preset by the factory.0. Pressure transducers Calibrate the pressure transducers at atmospheric pressure in the compressor.5 +/. which automatically makes up for line resistance.UNISAB II 2.5 0178_433_en_2. The temperature sensors must be calibrated as they are connected electrically with four conductors. adjustments of transducers and position transmitters must be carried out.PRESS 0178-445 .5 +/.PRESS +/.1. ie 0.0 Bar to be correct.3 BAR .00 BAR -0. PRESS is relevant only for screw compressors and IMED. PRESS DIFF.0 BAR . Adjust the other pressure levels in the same way. REFRIGERANT R000 Note that some of the entries in the CALIBRATE menu are described in other chapters of this manual.TRANSDUCER BRINE TEMP CAPACITY MOTOR FREQ Vi POSITION 4 .20 BAR . Note: The pressure values shown are examples only. ADJUST . PRESS SUCT.2 Bar with opposite sign.10 BAR 0.20. PRESS only for two-stage reciprocating compressors. ADJUST OIL PRESS OIL ADJUST DIFF.09 . PRESS IMED.7°C at the sensor. 126/222 0178-445 .1 BAR . ADJUST IMED. OUTPUT CAP. ADJUST The pressure transducer calibration has now been carried out correctly. Now change the value to the value SUCT.TRANSDUCER.20 BAR 0. LIMITS DEF.00 BAR -0. Note that the adjusting value is in 1/100.20 mA INPUT AUX..03 8.00 BAR -. Brine temperature Place the cursor on BRINE TEMP and press the I key once. PRESS DIFF. Consequently calibration must be carried out. ADJUST to the value -. At atmospheric pressure the value of the pressure transducer must be within the limits for "Max. PRESS SUCT.ENG Rev. ADJUST IMED. The following picture will appear: BRINE TEMP BRINE ADJUST 18.0 BAR . note that DIFF. 03. ADJUST DISC. Place the cursor on SUCT. and the following picture will be displayed: As it appears from the above example. ADJUST OIL PRESS OIL ADJUST DIFF.00 BAR 0.00 BAR 0. With the cursor on PRESS.1 BAR . Calibration Select the menu CALIBRATE.0°C The BRINE TEMP value is the immediate value measured by the sensor.0 Bar. Change SUCT. permissible deviation at atm.UNISAB II 2. press I and the following picture will appear: SUCT. adjustment can be made. The following picture should now appear: CALIBRATE PRESS.10 BAR SUCT. PRESS . However.0 BAR -.1 BAR . ADJUST is showin.00 BAR DISC. PRESS IMED. Is this not the case. PRESS DISC. The pressure levels are measured in BAR (relative pressure) and at atmospheric pressure the reading must show 0. ADJUST and use the G key to change the value. the measured pressure levels are not 0. the value will be outside its tolerance and must be replaced.30 BAR 0.0 BAR -.pressure" as indicated in the above table. If a test measuring with a precision thermometer shows eg 18. ADJUST DISC.9°C 0.10 BAR 0. See also Adjusting slide velocity in section Compressor regulation. the slide velocity must be adjusted so that hunting is avoided. Motor current The reading of motor current can be calibrated as described in section Configuration.X % XX.02.fm Calibration of motor frequency signal When compressor capacity is regulated wholly or partly by changes in the motor speed.03 8.ENG Rev.0 %. This adjustment must always be carried out mechanically as described in section Transmitter adjustment. 100 ADJ and change the calibration value to 4. Furthermore. Additionally. BRINE TEMP will now be 18.5 %. Transmitter adjustment To ensure a safe and stable movement of the slides. which yields 4 20 mA to UNISAB II. the built-in position transmitter must be adjusted correctly in the mechanical minimum and maximum of the slide. 19. 03. but eg 1.2°C. Follow the same procedure as described for capacity slide calibration in section Transmitter adjustment. See below for information on software calibration. can be adjusted by software as described in section Software adjustment. Note that it is only possible to adjust BRINE TEMP . but eg 95. 100 % calibration is carried out with the capacity slide in maximum position.5 % with the G key. position the cursor on CAP.09 127/222 . the motor frequency signal from the frequency converter can be calibrated in this menu field.2 % with the G key. If CAPACITY is not showing 100.7°C (18. 100 ADJ XXX. If CAPACITY is not showing 0. the compressor is fitted with a position transmitter.8 %. Position transmitter For measuring of slide position. Calibration Place the cursor on BRINE ADJUST and change the value to -0. Calibration of capacity slide signal Software calibration of the capacity slide position signal can be used if it is not possible to calibrate the transmitter itself.2). ZERO AD and change the calibration value to -1. Software adjustment When the capacity position transmitter has been adjusted mechanically (see section Transmitter adjustment). pos. the capacity signal 0178-445 .UNISAB II 2. position the cursor on CAP. 0 % calibration is carried out with the capacity slide in minimum position. and adjustment has taken place. See below for information on software calibration.X % Calibration of Vi slide signal Software calibration of the Vi slide position signal can be used if it is not possible to calibrate the transmitter itself. Hydraulic slide systems (certain screw compressors) The built-in capacity slide position transmitter as well as the Vi slide position transmitter must be adjusted correctly to ensure safe and stable slide control. CAPACITY CAP. There will always be fitted a transmitter at the capacity slide whereas there 0178_433_en_2. ZERO AD CAP. it can be fine adjusted by selecting SETUP I CALIBRATE I CAPACITY.not the other temperature sensors.X % XX.9-0.0 %. SAB 87. There are four types of position transmitter. Fig. Turning Transmitter(for capacity and Vi) for SAB 110. SAB 163.1 4. Fig. SAB 85. 8. SAB 163 and SAB 202.5 4.UNISAB II 2. 100% 2. RWF capacity and Vi) and capacity for GST. 3 2. 8. Fig. 8. Long-Stroke Capacity Rod Transmitter for SAB 283.5 3. SAB 128. The cover must be removed before adjustment. In the following drawing(see Fig.2 ALU-Tube 3 2 1 Adjusting capacity measuring system for turning transmitter The turning transmitter has two ways of adjustment. SAB 202. SAB 128.5) the zero and span adjusting screws of the position transmitter are shown. 8. 3. Calibration may be fitted a transmitter at the volume ratio slide in case the compressor is made for automatic Vi regulation.5 2 3 Short-Stroke Transmitter for SAB 283.3 ALU-Tube 3 2 1 128/222 0178-445 . SAB 83. from Gram Refrigeration to GSV.ENG Rev.09 . 03. Fig.03 8.4 SPAN + ZERO 1 No. SAB 89 and SAB 330. 8. 0% Long-Stroke Capacity Rod Transmitter for SAB 110. SAB 81. SAB 355 Vi. manual Vi Follow the same procedure as above.03 8. 0% T0177063_0 With the cap/Vi slide in minimum position. but note that adjustment must be made each time the Vi position is changed.5 3. and adjust the span until the display shows 100%. Calibration Fig.5 Slide position Volume ratio Approx min pos 0% 4. With the cap/Vi slide at maximum positon. Return the slide to minimum and check. select SETUP I and then CAPACITY I.5 2 3 1 = 4 . adjust span until the display shows 100%.20 mA 2 = + 24 VDC 3 = GND SPAN + ZERO 1 No. Adjust the capacity slide position as above under Capacity slide adjustment. 8. 0178-445 . 100% 2. auto zero point For SAB 202 compressors with automatic zero point setting.fm Capacity slide adjustment Start the compressor in MANUAL and make sure that the capacity slide is in minimum.UNISAB II 2. 3 2. 1) Do not set the zero until the compressor has stopped and the slide is in mechanical zero. 0178_433_en_2. Adjust the zero screw of the transmitter until the display shows 0%. Capacity slide adjustment. Change SETPOINT 1 to -10% which will change the Vi adjustment to manual and place the Vi slide in minimum position. 3.02. Capacity slide adjustment. i The following picture will appear: KAPACITY CAP. POS VI POSITION RUNNING XX XX XX XX Select the Vi POSITION and press I to the following picture: SETPOINT 1 0. 03.ENG Rev. adjust zero until the display shows 0%.0% 0. there are two applicable methods to ensure that the automatic zero point setting does not influence the adjusting of the transmitter zero. auto V To adjust the movement of the capacity slide the Vi slide must be in minimum position. Now bring the slide to its maximum position (eg when the current consumption is no longer rising). Capacity slide adjustment.5 4.09 129/222 .0% in this picture indicates that UNISAB II will adjust the Vi slide automatically. The Vi slide is brought to minimum the following way: Start the compressor in MANUAL. POS VI POSITION RUNNING XX XX XX XX Out 4-20mA Supply +24V DC CommonGND and adjust the zero screw of the Vi position transmitter until the reading out for the Vi-position is 0% in the display. 130/222 0178-445 . Start the compressor in MANUAL and take the slide up to 20-30%. SAB 85. Change SET POINT 1 to 0.6 SETPOINT 1 0. Change SETPOINT 1 to -10%.09 .0 as soon as the capacity slide adjustment is accomplished. Change SET POINT 1 to -10% and check minimum.UNISAB II 2. which changes the Vi adjustment to manual and places the Vi slide in minimum position. SAB 83. SAB 202. Select CAPACITY I VI POSITION I and the following picture will appear: adjust the span screw of the transmitter until the display shows 100%. Fig.03 8. 8. SAB 128. Adjusting capacity measuring system for Long-Stroke Capacity Rod for SAB 110. auto Vi It is assumed that the capacity slide has been set correctly. Calibration 2) Disconnect the automatic zero point setting while setting the transmitter zero. Besides. It is important that the compressor only runs for a brief period of time when the automatic zero point setting is disconnected.0% for automatic Vi control. This can be done by setting MANUAL ZERO = 0. SAB 163. UNISAB II will change to automatic Vi control itself after the compressor has been stopped. 03. the capacity transmitter is fitted with a single calibration button surrounded by a green and red LED. The green LED is switched on constantly when the transmitter is in 100% position whereas it flashes quickly when the transmitter is in 0% position.ENG Rev. Remember to set MANUAL ZERO = 0. Change SET POINT 1 to 110% and return to the above picture where the Vi position is now going to rise. Return with H to the picture: Plug Connection CAPACITY CAP. SAB 87.0% will always mean that the Vi slide will be adjusted automatically by UNISAB II. Volume ratio slide adjustment. Calibration is carried out as follows: Note: Make sure that UNISAB II is not in alarm. SAB 89 and SAB 330 As shown below. See also Adjusting slide velocity in the Compressor regulation section.0% Calibration push botton LED-Supply LED-Digital output In this picture 0. SAB 81.1 in the picture SETUP I CONFIG I COMPRESSOR. Wait until it does not rise any further and During normal operation the red LED is flashing rather slowly. ENG Rev. The slide indication in the display must now be 90%. so it will not show 0% at minimum capacity nor 100% at maximum capacity! Note that it is possible to return to the default calibration values by keeping the CAL Switch pressed for twenty seconds. above. indicating that the calibration has been completed. The red LED will start flashing quickly.03 8. After ten seconds the red LED will turn OFF again.UNISAB II 2. 1373-038 Note: For long-stroke transmitters with part no. See the Software Calibration section earlier in this section. After ten seconds the red LED will change to normal flash rate. The green LED is switched on constantly when the transmitter is in 100% position whereas it flashes quickly when the transmitter is in 0% position. The red LED will change from normal flash to OFF. These values may differ very much from the correct values for the compressor in question.02. 5) 0178-445 . Reset is indicated by the red and green LED flashing briefly a couple of times. the slide has not yet been calibrated correctly. it is the transmitter manufacturer's default values. 6) Reset “CAP 100 ADJ” at what it was before the calibration or until the capacity shows 100%. During normal operation the red LED is flashing rather slowly. 0178_433_en_2. and press the calibration button twice. indicating that it is ready for 100% calibration. 7) 3) 4) To return to “Factory Set Point”. calibrate the slide again from point 1 but keep -10% in “CAP 100 ADJ”. SAB 128 etc. 03. press the CAL. The 4-20 mA signal from the transmitter is permanently available. (UNISAB II does not allow the capacity button to be activated after 100% indication in the display has been reached) it is recommended to set “CAP 100 ADJ” at -10% after 100% calibration of the transmitter has been completed and the slide remains in maximum position. As shown below. The green and red LED will give a short flash (one after the other). However.fm Adjusting Long-Stroke Capacity Rod for SAB 283. cf. Please see section on preceeding page. The red LED will switch ON immediately. Switch for twenty seconds. However. which are reset.09 131/222 . Calibration 1) 2) Apply supply voltage for a minimum of five minutes before calibration. press the calibration button once. Press the calibration button for five seconds to get the transmitter in calibration mode. If capacity can be increased further either automatically by UNISAB II or by pressing the “UP” capacity button. 1373-057 calibration and terminal connection are similar to that of SAB 110. To make sure that the slide is in maximum physical position. The calibration will be remembered even in case of a power failure. during calibration the signal is based on the default calibration values. the capacity transmitter is fitted with a single calibration button surrounded by a green and red LED. With stopped compressor. For type part no. If capacity could be increased to more than 90%. Start the compressor and increase capacity to its maximum. above. To make sure that the slide is in maximum physical position. 6) 4) Adjusting Short-Stroke Capacity Rod For part no. Reset “CAP 100 ADJ” at what it was before the calibration or until the capacity shows 100%.7 Long-Stroke SAB 283 Calibration‘s push button PLUG CONNECTION: 1 = SUPPLY.03 8. SAB 128 etc. 1. After ten seconds the red LED will turn OFF to indicate readiness for 100% calibration. 4-20mA = GND LED-supply/operation LED-digital output (option) 3 2 1 DIA. (UNISAB II does not allow the capacity button to be activated after 100% indication in the display has been reached) it is recommended to set “CAP 100 ADJ” at -10% after 100% calibration of the transmitter has been completed and the slide remains in maximum position. Calibration Fig. If capacity can be increased further either automatically by UNISAB II or by pressing the “UP” capacity button. 5) If capacity could be increased to more than 90%. Start the compressor and move the piston/alu tube to 100% position and press the calibration button again. calibrate the slide again from point 1 but keep -10% in “CAP 100 ADJ”. 2. cf. the slide has not yet been calibrated correctly.ENG Rev. press the calibration button once. The red LED will start flashing quickly. 8. See the Software Calibration section earlier in this section. The red LED will switch ON. With stopped compressor. 132/222 0178-445 . 1373-037 Note: For short-stroke transmitters with part no. Please see preceeding section.UNISAB II 2. The slide indication in the display must now be 90%. After ten seconds the calibration will be completed and the red LED will flash normally. 03.09 . 3. 1373-061 calibration and terminal connection are similar to that of SAB 100. Apply supply voltage for a minimum of five minutes before calibration. +11 to 32V DC 2 = COMMON -. 0V DC 3 = OUT. 7mm 3 2 1 60mm 74mm Calibration is carried out as follows: Note: Make sure that UNISAB II is not in alarm. 02. 03. 3.0% In this picture 0. Adjust the capacity slide position as described above under Capacity slide adjustment. auto Vi Short-Stroke LED-Supply The capacity slide movement must be adjusted with the Vi slide in minimum position. With stopped compressor. After ten seconds the red LED will turn OFF to indicate readiness for 100% calibration. GSV and RWF from Gram Refrigeration and short-stroke volumen rod for GSV. RWF and SAB 283 and SAB 355.fm 1 = Supply. the capacity transmitter is fitted with a single calibration button surrounded by a green and red LED. 24V DC 2 = Common -. auto zero point For SAB 202 compressors with automatic zero point setting. Capacity calibration is carried out as follows: Note: Make sure that UNISAB II is not in alarm.0% will always mean that the Vi slide will be adjusted automatically by UNISAB II. 0V DC 3 = Out. 1.03 8. Start the compressor and move the piston/alu tube to 100% position and press the SETPOINT 1 0.8 calibration button again.09 133/222 .ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. Fig. Apply supply voltage for a minimum five minutes before calibration. 8. Do not set the zero until the compressor has stopped and the slide is in mechanical zero. press the calibration button once. After ten seconds the calibration will be completed and the red LED will flash normally. The red LED will switch ON. 2. Calibration for GST. Change SETPOINT 1 to -10%. The green LED is switched on constantly when the transmitter is in 100% position whereas it flashes quickly when the transmitter is in 0% position. 4-20mA = GND RUNNING Select VI POSITION and press I to the following picture: As shown below. The following picture will appear: Calibration push botton LED-Digital output Plug Connection CAPACITY CAP. During normal operation the red LED is flashing rather slowly. Capacity slide adjustment. The Vi slide is taken to minimum position in the following way: Start the compressor in MANUAL and select CAPACITY I . two methods can be used to ensure that the automatic zero point setting does not affect the adjustment of the transmitter zero. which changes the Vi adjustment to manual and places the Vi slide in minimum position. POS VI POSITION XX XX XX XX 0178_433_en_2. 0178-445 . The red LED will start flashing quickly. 1. Capacity slide adjustment. which changes the Vi adjustment to manual and places the Vi slide in minimum position. Volume ratio slide adjustment.1 in the picture SETUP I CONFIG. Disconnect the automatic zero point setting while setting the transmitter zero.UNISAB II 2.0% will always mean that the Vi slide will be adjusted automatically by UNISAB II. Select SETUP I CONTROL I COMPRESSORCONTROL = STOPPED and then SETUP I CALIBRATE I CAPACITY. See also Adjusting slide velocity in section Compressor regulation. SETPOINT 1 0. Afterwards. Return with H to the picture: CAPACITY CAP. Change SET POINT 1 to 0. Manual slide positioning In contrary to hydraulic slides. Change SETPOINT 1 to -10%. Remember to set MANUAL ZERO = 0. the red LED will turn OFF to indicate that it is ready for 100% calibration. Select CAPACITY I VI POSITION and the following picture will appear: Electrical slide systems (certain screw compressors) The built-in capacity slide position transmitter must be adjusted correctly to ensure safe and stable slide control. it is possible to move the capacity slide by means of the E and F buttons.ENG Rev. the capacity signal must be adjusted by software as described in section Software adjustment. This is done by setting MANUAL ZERO = 0. After 10 sec. the calibration is completed and the red LED will flash normally. POS VI POSITION RUNNING XX XX XX XX Wait until Vi does not decrease any further and push the calibration button once. Wait until it does not increase any further and push the calibration button once again. Change SET POINT 1 to -10% and check minimum. While this picture is open (and still STOPPED mode).09 . The picture shown in section Software adjustment will appear. Change SET POINT 1 to 110% and return to the above picture where the Vi position will increase. This adjustment must always be carried out as described in section Transmitter adjustment. the electrical capacity slide can be positioned manually for test. Calibration 2.0% In this picture 0. UNISAB II will change to automatic Vi control after the compressor has been stopped. The red LED is now constantly ON. 134/222 0178-445 . auto Vi It is assumed that the capacity slide has been set correctly.03 8. The compressor is only allowed to run for a brief period of time with the automatic zero point setting disconnected. This is useful both when performing transmitter adjustment and software adjustment. 03.0 once the capacity slide adjustment has been completed. The red LED will flash quickly and after 10 sec. Start the compressor in MANUAL and take the slide up to 20-30%.0% for automatic Vi control. indicating that the posi- tion transmitter is ready for 100% calibration.03 8. during calibration the signal is based on the default calibration values. After ten seconds the red LED will turn OFF again. LED-Position (green) Calibration push button LED-Working (red) Normally not visible. the alarm CAPACITY ERROR will be displayed after two seconds. The 4-20 mA signal from the transmitter is permanently available. Calibration is carried out as follows: 1. For calibration remove cover 0178_433_en_2. indicating that calibration has been completed. 0178-445 . 8.09 135/222 . Apply supply voltage for a minimum of five minutes before calibration.ENG Rev. 2.02. Calibration Note that when reaching the end stop. Increase capacity to its maximum and press the calibration button twice.9 Transmitter adjustment The capacity transmitter is fitted with a single calibration button surrounded by a green and a red LED as shown in the drawing. The red LED will start flashing quickly. 03. The green LED is switched on constantly when the transmitter is in 100% position whereas it flashes quickly when the transmitter is in 0% position. The red LED will change from normal flash to OFF.fm During normal operation the red LED is flashing rather slowly. 3.UNISAB II 2. Decrease capacity to its minimum and press the calibration button once. Release the button at once and reset the alarm. Fig. 4. Pressing the calibration button for five seconds in calibration mode will bring the transmitter back to normal operation mode. Press the calibration button for five seconds to get the transmitter in calibration mode. After ten seconds the red LED will change to normal flash rate. The red LED will turn ON. It is possible to ignore points 3 or 4 or both. However. X % XX. Calibration so it will not show 0% at minimum capacity nor 100% at maximum capacity! Note that it is possible to return to the default calibration values by keeping the CAL Switch pressed for twenty seconds.3 % (when CAP. etc. It is recommended to introduce a calculation offset of 2% to ensure that the slide does not collide with the end stops. These forms are included in the Starting-up Manual.X % XX.3%. 136/222 0178-445 .ENG Rev. Now press H and UNISAB II will display the following: CAPACITY CAP. ZERO AD CAP 100 ADJ XXX. the capacity must be further adjusted. Collisions will reduce slide motor service life. select CAP 100ADJ = 1.UNISAB II 2. However. Select SETUP I CALIBRATE I CAPACITY %).09 . Reset is indicated by the red and green LED flashing briefly a couple of times. Change CAP 100 ADJ so that a value of 102. the following points will be affected: . Select CONFIG I FACTORY RESET and change from NO to YES.7 %. These values may differ very much from the correct values for the compressor in question. If capacity is eg 100.State of control The factory settings appear from the tables in sections Alarms and Warnings.Alarm and warning limits . Software adjustment When the capacity position transmitter has been adjusted (see section Transmitter adjustment).X % Decrease capacity to its minimum. it is the transmitter manufacturer's default values.Regulator settings .3% (when CAP 100ADJ = 0. If a factory reset is carried out. ZERO AD = 0. REMEMBER to fill in the forms for actual settings.0%). 03. If capacity is eg 0.2.0 CONFIGURATION CHANGED RESTARTS! PLEASE WAIT Within a few seconds the operation will be completed and UNISAB II can be adjusted to the actual operating conditions. STOP the compressor. which are reset. ZERO AD = . Before carring out factory reset.Timer setup . select CAP. Change CAP.0 % is displayed for CAPACITY. Increase capacity to its maximum.03 8. Timers as well as Compressor regulation.0% is displayed for CAPACITY. Factory setting During configuration it is possible to bring UNISAB II back to its factory settings. ZERO AD so that a value of -2. Trouble shooting 3 SOFTWARE VERSION DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS NO OF ALARMS SUPERUSER PASSWORD SERIAL NUMBER EXAMINE MEMORY NEW PASSWORD POWER ON ZERO CAPACITY POS. An interruption of the voltage to UNISAB II will not cause any loss of information. There are light diodes on the printed circuit board. COP PROFICOM ROTATUNE PISTON If irregularities occur in connection with the running of the compressor. Example: 0178_434_en_2. disconnect the main supply to the compressor motor to prevent it from starting inadvertently. Please note that even though the voltage to UNISAB II is disconnected. 0178-445 . UNISAB II includes a function. To inspect old alarms. the following picture will appear: 1 2 3 4 CTRL STATE MEASURE VALUES IMPUT STATE OUTPUT STATE DIAGNOSIS 1 2 INSPECT OLD ALARMS MISC. press K and the previous alarm will appear. It is also possible to enter different menu pictures and have various states displayed. press I and the following picture will appear: Diagnosis pictures If the menu DIAGNOSIS is selected. it is possible to inspect UNISAB II to determine the cause of these irregularities. Thus. Before beginning the trouble-shooting.02. Trouble shooting 9.and outputs. This makes it possible subsequently to inspect this information on the display. the information can be displayed again once the supply voltage has been restored.fm ALARM 940715-0740 HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE The picture shows that on 15 July 1994 at 07:40 hrs an alarm was activated due to high discharge pressure. which is particularly useful when searching for the cause of a compressor shutdown. In this way UNISAB II can store up to 30 alarm situations where the most recent alarm will replace the oldest one. there may still be live wires containing unknown voltage. FUNCTIONS Under this menu every piece of operating information which existed at the moment of the alarm is stored.09 137/222 .03 9. These diodes make it possible to state the condition of the in. Finally. 03.ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1) Diagnosis I Insp. which in case of an alarm will store the operating situation including time and date. When the alarm of interest is displayed. old alarms With the cursor in this field and a pressure on I a picture with the most recent alarm will appear. UNISAB II 2.03 9. Trouble shooting In the alarm situation HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE, do as follows to inspect the situations 1-4. With the cursor on CTRL STATE and I the following picture will appear: EXT.INPUT MOTOR CURR 0.0 % 113A This picture shows all the measuring values connected to the above alarm. Note that not all values are relevant for all compressor types. If a different alarm situation is selected, a similar set of measuring values will appear. Use H to get back to the menu, select INPUT STATE and press I , and the following picture will appear: CONTROL MANUAL DISCHARGE LIM START NO SYSTEM NO 1 1 The compressor has been in MANUAL mode and has been limited due to high pressure. Furthermore, it has been programmed to START NO 1 and SYSTEM NO 1. Use H to go back to the menu, select MEASURE VALUES and press I ,and the following picture will appear: D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 SUCT.TEMP SUCT.PRESS SUCT. SUPERH DISCH.TEMP DISCH.PRESS DISCH.SUPERH BRINE TEMP OIL TEMP OIL PRESS DIFF.PRESS INTERM.TEMP INTERM.PRESS VI POSITION CAP POSITION 20.3°C -10.4°C/R 30.7°C 68.7°C 44.7°C/R 24.0°C 22.1°C 39.1°C 3.9 BAR 0.0 BAR 22.1°C 0.0 BAR 62.0 % 29.8 % D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT D.INPUT Here the state of all digital inputs connected to the selected alarm can be read. 0 = The input has been open 1 = The input has been closed. Use H to go back to the menu, select OUTPUT STATE and press I , and the following picture will appear: 138/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 9. Trouble shooting 14 D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT D.OUTPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 15 16 17 ZERO CAPACITY POS. COP PROFICOM ROTATUNE PISTON 2) Diagnosis I Misc. functions This picture includes four items: SUCT. RAMP L SUCT. SUPERH CAPACITY BRAKE DLY X.X°C/R XX.X°C XXX.X SEC X.X SEC The first item SUCT. RAMP L. shows the state of the suction ramp function. See section Limiting functions, Suction ramp. The value shows the actual suction pressure limit, which will be equal to the suction pressure set point if the suction ramp is not active. When the suction ramp is active, the value will decrease by 1°C every N seconds, where N is the selected value of the SUCT. RAMP timer. The second item SUCT. SUPERH is the same as the suction superheat set point 2, which is used by the High Discharge Pipe Temperature Limiter. See section Limiting functions, Special limiters. The third and the fourth items are explained in section Compressor regulation, Electrical slide control. 0178_434_en_2.02.fm Here the state of all digital outputs connected to the selected alarm can be read. 0 = The output has been open 1 = The output has been activated. Tables 11 and 12 below show the numbering of in-/outputs on screw and reciprocating compressors respectively. Return to the previous menu by pressing H : DIAGNOSIS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 INSPECT OLD ALARMS MISC. FUNCTIONS SOFTWARE VERSION DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS NO OF ALARMS SUPERUSER PASSWORD SERIAL NUMBER EXAMINE MEMORY NEW PASSWORD POWER ON 3) Diagnosis I Software version Here it can be checked which program version is running in UNISAB II: Example: UNISAB II 2.00 YORK Refrigeration 000119 13 : 46 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 139/222 UNISAB II 2.03 9. Trouble shooting 4) Diagnosis I Digital inputs In this picture it is always possible to check the actual state of the digital inputs both at compressor standstill and during operation. The inputs are numbered from 1 to 11 and their particular status is displayed. 0 = Input open 1 = Input closed Table 11 below shows the numbering of the inputs. 6) Diagnosis I Analog inputs (Pressures, Temperatures, Current) In this picture it is always possible to check the actual state of the analog inputs both at compressor standstill and during operation. The picture looks as follows: PRESS INP PRESS INP PRESS INP PRESS INP PT 100 INP 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 5) Diagnosis I Digital outputs In this picture it is always possible to check the actual state of the digital outputs both at compressor standstill and during operation. 0 = Output open 1 = Output closed Table 11 below shows the numbering of the outputs. PT 100 INP PT 100 INP PT 100 INP CURR. EXT. CAP. VI. It is 12 bit A/D-converted raw values of the input signal which are displayed. The displayed raw values are interpreted in the following way (see tables below): Pressure Reading Input from pres.transmit. (VDC) 7 0 752 0.5 7310 4.5 8191 5.0 Pt100 Reading Temperature (°C) -2000 -200 -700 -70 +1850 +185 +2000 +200 Ext, Cap, Vi Reading Input (mA) 7 0 1606 4 4818 12 8030 20 Curr. Reading Input (Amp AC) 7 0 5910 1.0 Table 12 shows the numbering of the analog in- puts. 140/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 9. Trouble shooting 7) Diagnosis I Analog outputs ANALOG OUTPUTS TEST MODE TEST VALUE 0.0% NO 0.0% 9) Diagnosis I Superuser keyword In this picture any application of the superuser password including date and hour is registered. Use K and J to inspect the list. 0178_434_en_2.02.fm In this menu picture it is possible to see which analog output value (in percentage) UNISAB II is transmitting to the equipment to which it is connected. The signal is a 4-20 mA signal and is usually used for regulating the speed of a frequency converter. When using analog regulation of the frequency converter, it is possible at the same time to regulate the capacity and Vi slides digitally. This requires that UNISAB II be fitted with an addon printed circuit board (UNICOM IF) between relay print and CPU print. The add-on board is additional equipment. See section Configuration for detailed information on the use of this board. As long as the above menu picture is shown in the display, it is possible to select test mode = YES and enter a test value between 0 and 100%. UNISAB II will thus transmit an mA signal corresponding to the test value. Note: Do not let the compressor motor run when using test mode as the motor revolutions will follow the changes in the signal. However, test mode can be used to check whether the frequency converter receives the signal correctly by reading the analog input signal in the menu system of the converter. 10) Diagnosis I Serial number In this picture it is possible to read some of the information related to the EEPROM SERIAL NO COMMISIONED ERASE EEPROM 123456 950101 NO The compressor serial no can be read. The date of compressor start-up (date of initial start-up) can be read. By using a special password it is possible to erase the EEPROM. 11) Diagnosis I Examine memory This picture is used for software debugging. A section of 8 bytes from the RAM store is shown on the display. The starting address of this section, which is the figure shown at the top to the left, can be changed by means of H I and K J . 0000 0004 00 00 70 3A 00 00 00 00 12) Diagnosis J New password 8) Diagnosis I No of alarms The total number of alarms in the working life of the control system is shown here. Use K and J to inspect the list. In this picture it is possible to change the password. See section Operating the UNISAB II control. 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 141/222 (current reading 0-40%) (manual adjustment 0-40%) (immediate slide position. 142/222 0178-445 .0% 66.X X.5% 100.VOL ENTALPI H1 ENTALPI H4 ENTALPI H2 LIQUID TEMP CALCULATED ZERO MANUAL ZERO CAP.X °C POWER ON 020606 22:53:31 +00000011 SHAFT POWER ABSORBED POWER MOT.SPC. The use of PROFIBUS communication in UNISAB II has not yet been completed. 03. Trouble shooting 13) Diagnosis I Power on In this picture it can be checked how many times the power supply for UNISAB II has be reconnected. 16) Diagnosis I PROFICOM Only for internal use within YORK Refrigeration. COOLING OUTPUT MASS FLOW XX.09 . The calculated COP values and a number of intermediate calculations are shown in this picture: INIT MESS I/0 LENGTH ERR MODE NEXT 0 0 0 0 17) Diagnosis I Rotatune piston Only for internal use.POSITION CAPACITY 22% 0.as read) 15) Diagnosis I COP UNISAB II can be set to measure the compressor COP values (Coefficient Of Performance) as well as the mechanical efficiency and the Carnot efficiency. 4-20 mA) (corrected capacity . At the moment PROFIBUS can therefore only be used for communication with Mitsubishi PLCs of the type FX2N.03 9. COP COP CARNOT COP MECH.XX X.VOL 14) Diagnosis I Zero capacity pos.UNISAB II 2. In this menu picture it can be checked how UNISAB II communicates with other equipment using PROFIBUS communication. The current calculated value of the zero point as well as any manual setting value of the zero point can be read in this picture: SAT. Marine Group.XX XXXX KW XXXX kg/h XXXX KW XXXX KW XX. This menu is used for trouble shooting.ENG Rev.0% A more comprehensive description of the COP function and the setting of this can be found in the manual UNISAB II-COP. FLOW OVH.X % XXXX m3/h XXXX l/kg XXXX l/kg XXXX kj/kg XXXX kj/kg XXXX kj/kg XX.SPC. EFFICIENCY VOL. 8. 16. 4.UNISAB II 2. 4. 6. 03. 6. Starting request (PMS) Compressor motor starting signal Prelubrication pump starting signal Full flow pump (cooling fan) starting signal Reciprocating compressors INPUTS: 1. 4. 6. 8. High pressure oil separator Not used Capacity down blocked Thermistors in motor windings OUTPUTS: 1. 5. 5. otherwise not used) Heating element OUTPUTS: 1. Thermostat for oil return control. 2. 6. Alarm Warning Aux.03 9.suction line Economizer . 9. 10. 3. Capacity stage no 1 Capacity stage no 2 Capacity stage no 3 Capacity stage no 4 Capacity stage no 5 Capacity stage no 6 0178-445 . 7. 11.stop immediately Starting request OK (PMS) Regulator set point no 1 /set point no 2 Motor current limit value no 1/limit value no 2 Oil pump motor starter feedback Full flow pump (cooling fan) motor starter feedback Oil float switch Capacity down blocked Thermistors in motor windings 12. 11. 9. 14. 2. 13. 9. 5. Compressor motor starter feedback External starting permission .normal stopping procedure External starting permission .liquid line Oil cooling system (HLI/BLI cooling) Oil cooling system (not used in HLI/BLI cooling) Oil distribution pipe Oil rectifier (Only MKD configuration. 3. 7. 17. 7. Intermediate pressure oil separator. 2. 2. limit switch for capacity). 4.Numbering of digital inputs and outputs Screw compressors INPUTS: 1. Compressor motor starter feedback External starting permission .ENG Rev. 3. 3.09 143/222 . output (Compressor ready to start at remote control. 18.stop immediately Starting request OK(PMS) Regulator set point no 1 /set point no 2 Motor current limit value no 1/limit value no 2 Thermostat for oil return control.normal stopping procedure External starting permission . 0178_434_en_2. 11 Capacity down Capacity up Volume down Volume up Economizer .fm 8. Trouble shooting Table 11 . 15. 5. 10. 10.02. 12. output. Starting request (PMS) Compressor motor starting signal Oil rectifier Not used 144/222 0178-445 . 15.UNISAB II 2. (Compressor ready to start at remote control.03 9. 10. Trouble shooting 7. 11. 14.09 . limit switch for capacity). Warning Aux. 16. 17. 18. 03. 9.ENG Rev. 8. Capacity stage no 7 / intermediate pressure injection Oil cooling / thermo pump / thermo pump solenoid valve for ventilation Oil return Water cooling Heating element Alarm 13. -1/+59 bar r Oil press.02. 2. 4. 2. Trouble shooting Table 12 .press. 4. -1/+25 bar r Interm.press. 3. on TSMC. 3. 4.-1/+25 bar r Disch. CMO 1.09 145/222 . 2. 4. 3. 4. 2. Suct.Not used TSMC. -1/+25 bar r Interm. HPO 1.-/+9 bar r Disch. 4.-1/+25 bar r HPC. 03.Not used Temperatures: 1.4-20 mA Motor current0-1 A AC External set point / ext. Suction temperature Discharge temperature Oil temperature Brine or water temperature (Intermediate temp. measuring signal4-20 mA Temperatures: 1. Suction pressure-1/+9 bar r Discharge pressure-1/+25 bar r Oil pressure-1/+25 bar r Oil pressure before filter-1/+25 bar r 4.TCMO 1.03 9. Capacity slide position4-20 mA Volume slide position/ outside temp. Suct. 4. 3. -1/+25 bar r Oil press.UNISAB II 2. -1/+25 bar r Current inputs: 1.press. 3.press. TCMO) Reciprocating compressors Pressures: SMC. 3. 3.ENG Rev. -1/+25 bar r Oil press. Suct. 2.-1/+9 bar r Disch.press.Numbering of analog inputs Screw compressors Pressures: 1. Interm.fm Suction temperature Discharge temperature Oil temperature Brine or water temperature Current inputs: 1.press. 2. measuring signal4-20mA 0178-445 . Not used Outside temperature4-20 mA Motor current0-1 A AC External set point / ext. 2. 2.press. 3.press.press. 0178_434_en_2. SUPPLY. there may be an error in the voltage supply. COMMUNICATION DL12 (red). DI1 to DI12 (Green) The light diodes are marked from DI1 to DI12 and the attached functions appear from the list of inputs. Light in diode = output activated. Trouble shooting Printed circuit board. The red light diode must usually be off. DLR1 to DLR18 (Red) The light diodes are marked from DLR1 to DLR18 and the attached functions appear from the list of outputs. DIGITAL OUPUTS. DL14 (yellow). A constant light or no light is a sign of malfunction.12 pcs) DIGITAL OUTPUTS (Red. DL13 (green) In case UNISAB II communicates with other units. Light in diode = input activated.UNISAB II 2. RST1 (red) The green light diode must flash irregularly whenever UNISAB II is electrified. It is only on for brief moments in case the CPU tries to restart the program. ACT1 (green).09 . a number of light diodes can be inspected on the printed circuit boards. one yellow. one red) Positioning and identification of these light diodes can be seen from the following drawing. 18 pcs) COMMUNICATION (one red. DIGITAL INPUTS. CPU PRINT.03 9. light diodes When opening the UNISAB II door. 146/222 0178-445 . This may only happen while UNISAB II is switched on. The following signals have light diodes: DIGITAL INPUTS (Green. During normal operation the light is off. The red diode indicates that UNISAB II is transmitting information whereas the green diode indicates that information is being received.ENG Rev. 03. one green) SUPPLY (One red) CPU PRINT (One green. In case the diode flashes repeatedly when voltage is connected. the flashing of the diodes must be irregular. RST1 (red) This diode will flash briefly while voltage is connected to UNISAB II. ENG Rev. press.03 9.1 Printed circuit board with light diodes RED Transmitter YELLOW GREEN Receiver Communication TERMINALS EPROM DIGITAL OUTPUTS RE1 RE2 RE3 RE4 RE5 1) Capacity slide down 2) Capacity stage 1) Capacity slide up 2) Capacity stage 2 1) Volume slide down 2) Capacity stage 3 1) Volume slide up 2) Capacity stage 4 1) Economizer suction line 2) Capacity stage 5 1) Economizer liquid line 2) Capacity stage 6 1) HLI/BLI cooling 2) Capacity stage 7/intermed. start.02. normal stop EXT.press 1) Full flow pump operation 2) Oil return high pressure 1) Oil flow switch 2) Not used Capacity down blocked Thermistor (no light function) Not used 230 VAC K22 115 VAC 24 VAC RED 1) Screw compressor 2) Reciprocating compressor RST1 0178-445 . start. Trouble shooting Fig. 03.UNISAB II 2. 9.09 Battery 147/222 . output Starting request Compressor start 1) Oil pump start 2) Oil rectifier 1) Full flow pump DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 RE13 RE14 RE15 RE16 RE17 RE18 DI6 DI7 DI8 DI9 DI10 DI11 DI12 CPU PRINT GREEN ACT1 RED RST1 0178_434_en_2. immediate stop Starting request (PMS) Regulator Sp1/Sp2 Motor currentSp1/Sp2 1) Oil pump operation 2) Oil return interm.fm RE6 RE7 RE1 RE8 RE9 RE10 RE11 RE12 DIGITAL INPUTS Compressor operation EXT. injection 1) Oil cooling 2) Oil cooling/thermo pump 1) Oil distribution pipe 2) Oil return 1) Oil rectifier 2) Water cooling 1) Heating element 2) Heating element Alarm Warning AUX. Trouble shooting 148/222 0178-445 .UNISAB II 2.09 .03 9.ENG Rev. 03. UNISAB II 2.03 10. Trouble shooting diagrams 10. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. 10.1 Error diagram no 1 Start of reciprocating/screw compressor in MANUAL operating mode MANUAL operation Is there light in yellow C on front? No Select picture COMPRESSOR CTRLMODE and adjust to MANUAL Yes 0178_435_en.fm Display = READY No Check that input EXT. START IMMED. STOP terminals 45-46 is closed. Light in green diode no. 3 on print. Can also be cheked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no 3=1. Yes Yes Display = READY No Recipr./screw No Screw Prelubrication Yes Contact YORK Ref. 1 2 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 149/222 UNISAB II 2.03 10. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. 10.2 Error diagram no 2 Start of reciprocating/screw compressor in MANUAL mode, continued 1 Press A to start compressor. Green light diode on front flashes 3 OK Yes Does compressor start? No Check emerg. stop and TÜV pressure control, if any. There must be connection between terminals 125-126 and 127-128. Check that input STARTING REQUEST FEEDBACK terminals 47-48 is closed. Light in green diode no 4 on print. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I Yes DIGITAL INPUT no 4 = 1. PMS error message received No Input closed? Yes Try again No Is relay no 16 activated on print when trying to start (red light diode)? Yes No Contact YORK Ref. Apply jumper, or check connections from terminals 116-117 to power management system. Check connection from terminals 118119 to motor starter Yes Connection OK? No Correct wiring connect. Is there feedback on terminals 41-42 from motor guard? Green light diode no 1 on print. Yes No Correct wiring connection Check pre-fuses and control voltage of motor guard. 150/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 UNISAB II 2.03 10. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. 10.3 Error diagram no 3 Start of screw compressor/prelubrication in MANUAL mode, continued 2 Press A to start compressor. Green light diode flashes on front. Yes Oil pump starts? Error mes- No sage in oil system? Yes Check wiring connection to oil float. When float has been activated, green light diode no 9 will flash on print. No 3 PMS error message received? No Yes Check that input STARTING REQUEST FEEDBACK terminals 47-48 are closed. Light in green diode no. 4 on print. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no. 4=1. 0178_435_en.fm No Input closed? Yes Try again Connection OK? Yes Check float function No Correct wiring connect. Apply jumper, or check connections from terminals 116117 to power management system. Relay no 17 is activated on print. Red light diode Yes No Check that CONFIG I PRELUBRIFICATION = YES. Check connection from terminals 120121 to pump motor starter Connection OK? No Correct wiring connection Yes Check if feedback is recieved on terminals 53-54 (green light diode no 7 on print) from pump motor guard Check pre-fuses and control voltage of pump motor guard. Yes Connection OK? No Correct wiring connect. 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 151/222 UNISAB II 2.03 10. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. 10.4 Error diagram no 4 Start of reciprocating/screw compressor in AUTO mode Prepare for AUTOMATIC operation Select regulating form in picture CONFIG I CONTROL ON Set Set point, neutral zone and P. Band for chosen regulator Select picture CTRL MODE and set to AUTO With C it is possible to change between MANUAL and AUTO by one single pressure. Adjust to MANUAL (= light in yellow diode) In CONFIG check that AUTO START = YES and AUTO STOP = YES Check setting of START DELAY in picture TIMER SETUP Display READY? Yes No Check that input EXT. START IMMED. STOP terminals 45-46 is closed. Light in green diode no 3 on print. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no 3=1. Yes Display READY? No 4 5 152/222 0178-445 - ENG Rev. 03.09 ENG Rev. Screw Prelubrication No Yes 7 6 0178-445 . STOP terminals 43-44 is closed. 03. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. START. Light in green diode no 2 print. continued 4 5 Check that input EXT. Compressor can now begin start-up phase depending on setting of regulator./screw No Change set point or wait for cooling/heating requirement. 10. Is cooling/heating required? Yes Recipr. REMEMBER that start is delayed by timer START DELAY. 0178_435_en.03 10.fm Yes Display = READY? Press C so that light in diode goes out = AUTO No Contact YORK Ref.5 Error diagram no 5 Start of reciprocating/screw compressor in AUTO mode.09 153/222 . NORM.UNISAB II 2. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no 2=1. continued 7 At compressor start-up green light diode on front will flash.ENG Rev. No Input closed? Yes Is relay no 16 activated on print when trying to start (red light diode) No Contact YORK Ref. No Correct wiring connection Yes Check pre-fuses and control fuses of motor guard. Try again Apply jumper. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. 03. There must be connection between terminals 125126 and 127-128.03 10.09 . Yes Check connection from terminals 118-119 to motor starter Yes Connection OK? No Correct wiring connection Is there feedback on terminals 41-42 from motor guard? Green light diode no 1 on print.UNISAB II 2. 154/222 0178-445 . if any.6 Error diagram no 6 Start of reciprocating/screw compressor in AUTO mode. OK Yes Does compressor start? No Yes PMS error message received? No Check that input STARTING REQUEST FEEDBACK terminals 47-48 is closed. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no 4=1. 4 on print. Light in green diode no. or check connections from terminals 116-117 to power management system. Check emerg. stop and TÜV pressure control. 10. Check float function Connection OK? Yes No Correct wiring connection Check if feedback is received on terminals 53-54 on green light diode no 7 on print from motor guard. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. When float has been activated. Apply jumper.03 10. 4=1.fm Yes 7 Input closed Yes Try again Check wiring connection to oil float. or check connections from terminal 116-117 to power management system. Light in green diode no. Check connection from terminals 120-121 to the pump motor starter. Yes Connection OK? No Correct wiring connection 0178-445 . 03. Can also be checked in picture DIAGNOSIS I DIGITAL INPUT no.UNISAB II 2. Yes No Check that CONFIG I PRELUBRICATION = YES Connection OK? Yes No Correct wiring connect.7 Error diagram no 7 Start of screw compressor/prelubrication in AUTO mode. green light diode no 9 will flash on print. Red light diode. 10. No Relay no 17 is activated on print. continued 6 At compressor start green light diode on front will flash. Check pre-fuses and control fuses of motor guard. Yes Oil pump starts? No PMS error message received? Yes Check that input STARTING REQUEST FEEDBACK terminals 47-48 are closed. 4 on print. Error message in oil system? No No 0178_435_en.ENG Rev.09 155/222 . No No 9 Display OK? Yes Problem solved Yes Check that white code plug has been fitted. UNISAB II No light/text in display Is diode on CPU print ACT1 flashing green Yes Check connection to display. 10. If necessary. Battery Fit correct plug 156/222 0178-445 . pull out white plug and refit. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. No Is there light in any diodes on relay card No Check supply on terminals L and N Yes 8 Is voltage correct? Contact YORK Ref.09 .8 Error diagram no 8 General trouble shooting. Service.ENG Rev.UNISAB II 2. = 230 VAC Display reads COPY EEROM after power cut = 115 VAC =24 VAC Probably defective battery Is plug correct? No Yes 10 Replace battery. 03. See section.03 10. 29-30. 37-38 Correct error or replace component Contact YORK Ref.9 Error diagram no 9 8 CPU print may have to be replaced 9 Check voltage supply of any loose connections. 3233. burnt fuses or the like 10 Check voltage on terminals 141142 = 24 VAC Is this OK Transformer thermally activated.ENG Rev. Check fuse in black retainer. 0178-445 . 03. 0178_435_en. May have to be replaced.09 157/222 .UNISAB II 2. 10. Trouble shooting diagrams Fig. Max 3 Amp. Are terminals 29-32-37 shortcircuited to frame? Correct error Are terminals 29-30-33 or 3738 shortcircuited? Correct error Are there any errors in external components to term.03 10.fm Is this OK? Replace fuse. Trouble shooting diagrams 158/222 0178-445 .09 .ENG Rev.03 10.UNISAB II 2. 03. Mount the new door in reverse order as opposed to the dismounting process. Remember that outside control voltage may be connected.1).fm Empty socket! NEVER use this socket together with sockets pos. c. Important! See also Replacement of EPROMS.UNISAB II 2. b. 0178-445 . Remove the two fuse straps as well as the earth connections. 11.ENG Rev. CPU print fitted on relay print. 03. thus damaging the print. Service In case some of the main parts of UNISAB II are defective. Disconnect the main supply to the motor to avoid risk of indadvertent start-up. It is recommended to contact YORK Refrigeration before changing any of these parts. Move both EPROMS and EEPROM from the old CPU print to the new one. The main parts comprise: Fig. 11. Service 11.02. Transformer. Replacement of CPU print Dismantle the door completely to provide free access to the printed circuit board. d. U17and U18 Digital outputs Terminals All replacements must be carried out with UNISAB II in a state of no voltage. The parts are shown below (see Fig. It is important to pull at the side of the print in which the plugs are positioned to avoid pulling it out askew. it is possible to replace them. Replacement of door Remove the blue and white plugs leading to the relay print (the two securing lugs must be bent a little backwards).1 Keyboard connection a. Get hold of the bottom of the print and pull it out carefully. Remove the screws with which the print is secured. It may be fixed rather firmly as it is positioned in two plugs with connection to the relay print.09 159/222 . Connect supply voltage.03 11. Door in which display and keyboard are fitted. EEPROM Battery Display connection U17 U18 PAL EPROM U17 EPROM U18 CPU print Cooling plate Transformer Fuse Digital inputs 0178_436_en_2. Relay print with wiring connections. Enter the values from the table in the Starting-up Manual.it proves necessary to insert a new EEPROM in connection with the replacement of a CPU print. all alarm and warning limits as well as set points. Replacement of relay print Dismantle the door completely to provide free access to the printed circuit board. The setting is now the same as before the CPU print was changed except for the calibration of the pressure transducers. Mount the new parts and switch on the control. and UNISAB II must be reconfigured. All connected wires on the relay print must be dismounted. The language is now English. Service Mount a new CPU print and door in reverse order as opposed to the dismounting process. which is supplied with the compressor.03 11. It is also necessary to enter the original setup. Remember also to calibrate the pressure transducers. See description under Replacement of CPU print and EEPROM. The following picture will appears in the display: 160/222 0178-445 . Important! It is possible to answer NO by means of the password. Press the H key. and the display will show the picture CONFIG. Select another language if this is required. Pull the print off the guide opposite the terminal row and out of the cabinet. These values are included in the Starting-up Manual. When the above has been completed and the control is switched on. All three light diodes on the front will flash shortly.09 . will now be copied into the CPU storeage. Remove the screws that hold the print and tilt the print out of the plastic holders at the terminal row on the long side of the print. the following picture will appear shortly in the display: SERIAL NO 0 COPY EEPROM YES Enter the compressor serial no and press the H key. When the above has been completed and the control is switched on. Mount the new relay print in reverse order as opposed to the dismounting procedure and connect the marked wires in the correct order. the following procedure must be observed. which must be different from the factory setting. The language is now English. which is now zero.ENG Rev. 03. but first they must be marked so that correct remounting is possible. Move the CPU print with the EPROM and Serial EPROM onto the new relay print.as an exception . Remember to set time and date. UNISAB II will now be reconfigured and the contents of the EEPROM. corresponding to the compressor setup.UNISAB II 2. the following picture will appear shortly in the display: Replacement of CPU print and EEPROM If . Important! See also Replacement of EPROM. possibly the brine temperature as well as the hour counter. In this case the contents of the EEPROM and RAM store will be deleted. Select another language if this is required. Remember to set time and date. numbered 0 and 1. UNISAB II will now be reconfigured and the contents of the EEPROM. corresponding to the compressor setup. The language is now English. EPROM and electronics in general can be damaged by static electricity.09 161/222 . identified by white • • • 0178-445 . Take care not to damage the pins on the EPROM module. do as follows: • Note the value of the hour counter as well as the calibration values for pressure transducers and brine temperature. local rules and regulations. possibly the brine temperature as well as the hour counter. It is of course necessary to use the same hand that holds (or is going to hold) the EPROM.UNISAB II 2.03 11.1). and UNISAB II must be reconfigured.02. will now be copied into the CPU storeage. mounted in sockets in the microelectronic part of UNISAB II. Remember to set time and date. In this case the contents of the EEPROM and RAM store will be deleted. Service COPY EEPROM YES labels. 03. Therefore. Touch also the box of the device in which EPROM is to be positioned both before and while fitting the EPROM. Switch off the power supply to UNISAB II. If replacement is necessary.fm When replacing the EPROM or moving it from one UNISAB II unit to another. Select another language if this is required.ENG Rev. which is now zero. which is supplied with the compressor. Press the H key. Please note that there are two EPROMs. The settting is now the same as before the CPU print was changed except for the calibration of the pressure transducers. always replace both EPROMs as they belong together. ie touch the part on which the EPROM is positioned both before and while picking up the EPROM. Switch off the compressor motor starter and observe all safety measures in accordance with the instruction manual. 0178_436_en_2. See description under Replacement of CPU print and EEPROM. Enter the values from the table in the Starting-up Manual. Each EPROM module is loosened from its socket by an authorized EPROM puller. Important! It is possible to answer NO by means of the password. 11. Place the door in service position as described in Operating UNISAB II The EPROM modules are positioned in the center of the printed circuit board (see Fig. make sure that static electricity is discharged without current passing through the electronics. • • Replacement of EPROM (program) UNISAB II The EPROMs are programmable modules. 11. 03. the following picture will appear shortly in the display: COPY EEPROM YES Press the H key. P band factors – Capacity limits See the table UNISAB II settings for a complete review. UNISAB II will now be reconfigured and the contents of the EEPROM. 11. Remember to set time and date.UNISAB II 2. Position the EPROM so that the notch in the module is turning right (see Fig. Compressor configuration. g. Notch When changing the EPROM in connection with an upgrade to an updated program version. f. j. Date of initial start-up. This applies to the following parameters: – Alarm and warning limits. set points. possibly the brine temperature as well as the hour counter. 162/222 0178-445 . Once FACTORY RESET has been completed. Status of up to 30 old alarms. PID parameters – Timers.2 ues from the table in the Starting-up Manual. and which differ from the UNISAB II factory values. enter all the settings which are included in the table UNISAB II settings. which is now zero. Refit the door. The settting is now the same as before the EPROM was changed except for the calibration of the pressure transducers. write down all the UNISAB II settings in the table UNISAB II settings. i. Enter the val- Replacement of serial EEPROM (diagnosis) This EEPROM includes information on: e. Take care that all pins are fitted in the socket and carry out the mounting with great care. Important! It is possible to answer NO by means of the password. especially the parameters which are changed back to factory setting by a factory reset. Select another language if this is required. In this case the contents of the EEPROM and RAM store will be deleted. will now be copied into the CPU storeage.03 11. which is supplied with the compressor. See section Operating UNISAB II control. it is recommended to carry out a FACTORY RESET. corresponding to the compressor setup. The language is now English. h. Total number of alarms. • • • When the above has been completed and the control is switched on. and the EPROM labeled 1 in the lower socket. Service Fig. Compressor serial no.09 . Before a FACTORY RESET is carried out. Factory settings for information on factory reset.ENG Rev. See description under Replacement of CPU print and EEPROM. and UNISAB II must be reconfigured.2). EPROM Mount the EPROMs manually while paying attention to the following: • Make sure to position the EPROM labeled 0 in the upper socket. Total number of alarm and warning limits and all other setting values. The compressor is now operational. the battery should be replaced: COPY EEPROM YES If a new battery is available. Service The EEPROM (positioned in a socket) can be removed from UNISAB II in compliance with the same precautions as described under Replacement of EPROM. Please note that at the next power failure.02. The EEPROM must usually remain in the control as the control cannot function without the EEPROM. which is now zero. Dispose of the old battery in conformity with the environmental rules and regulations in force. the so-called RAM store is supplied during power failures.03 11. If the following picture appears in the display after a power failure. Once the new EEPROM has been fitted. and the above picture will appear once more. switch off the control and change the battery. 03.UNISAB II 2. Answer YES and press the H key. It is not reloaded by the UNISAB II electronic circuit. All information will now be copied into the new EEPROM. However.ENG Rev. The battery has an expected service life of 10 years and is of the Lithium type. These values are included in the compressor Starting-up Manual.fm Replacement of battery The battery is used primarily to ensure that the internal clock runs accurately after a power failure. When removing the EEPROM. answer YES to the above picture and follow the procedure for replacement of the EEPROM. 0178-445 . In case no new battery is available. the problem will be the same. Moreover. it can be removed for inspection. switch off the control and have an empty EEPROM ready for insertion. The compressor setup is now the same as before the power failure except for the calibration values for the pressure transducers and the brine temperature as well as the hour counter. Remember to set time and date as well as language.09 163/222 . The control is now ready for operation with the same setup as before the EEPROM was removed. Mount a new battery and switch on the control. switch on the control again. 0178_436_en_2. in case the contents of the EEPROM is to be examined by YORK Refrigeration. Denmark. TX DL12 . 11. the communication cable must be connected according to the following instructions.no 0171-745 under Supplementary material.03 11. UNISAB II/UNISAB II IN CASE OF COMMUNICATION CONNECTIONS BETWEEN UNISAB II.RX DL13 64 65 66 63 UNISAB II .RX DL13 63 64 65 66 63 UNISAB II . JUMPER(S) MUST BE CONNECTED IN BOTH END MODULES UNISAB II . Service Installation of data communication cable To obtain a correct function of the data communication between several YORK Refrigeration computers.TX DL12 .3 These instructions only apply to the installation of UNISAB II.RX DL13 63 64 65 66 S2 + S1 PROSAB II UNISAB-S/R/RT/RTH COMMUNICATION MODULE + S1 S2 S1 S2 + PROSAB II UNISAB-S/R/RT/RTH COMMUNICATION MODULE + - termination block LED COLOURS TX DL12 = RED RX DL13 = GREEN 164/222 0178-445 . RESISTANCE JUMPERS MUST BE CONNECTED IN EACH MODULE UNISAB II .ENG Rev.09 .TX DL12 .TX DL12 . see instr. Fig.UNISAB II 2. 03. For information on connection of PROSAB II/ UNISAB II.RX DL13 64 65 66 termination block termination block LED COLOURS TX DL12 = RED RX DL13 = GREEN UNISAB II/PROSAB II IN CASE OF CONNECTION BETWEEN MORE THAN TWO COMMUNICATION MODULES. The cable must be pulled in parallel from control to control.4). 11. This applies both to the two conductors and the screen. 03. 11. 11. Cables of this type are available from YORK Refrigeration. 3.4 shows the connection of the cable screen in screwed joint. UNISAB II 4.fm UNISAB II The cable must have the following data: 2-conductor data cable with screening Pair capacity 85 pF/m Fig.ENG Rev.4 1. 11. 2.03 11. 5.02. On all other controls the resistance is removed and the terminals are used for passing on the communication cable.000 m. The cable is connected in the terminals shown in Fig.3. 0178_436_en_2. The resistance of 120 ohm must be fitted as indicated (mounted on delivery).UNISAB II 2. The total length of the cable between the controls must not exceed 1. 0178-445 . In the first and last control the cable must be finished correctly.09 165/222 . Fig. Service Important! The screen of the communication cable MUST be connected correctly in the supplied screwed joints (see Fig. it is strongly recommended to provide an extra equalising wire in parallel with the communication cable between all the units on the network. The screen may melt. The data communication cable screen provides a voltage equalisation between the UNISAB II units. as indicated in the drawing no.09 .UNISAB II 2. To avoid this situation. See drawing no. Service Grounding UNISAB II must always be grounded to the compressor frame. 2347-002 page AC040_10 under Supplementary material. 166/222 0178-445 . there can be large electrical potential on the compressor motor and thereby on UNISAB II.03 11. The above mentioned electrical potential may cause a large current surge through the cable screen. 03.ENG Rev. In case of a shut down. causing the voltage equalisation to be broken and the communication to be hampered by noise. 2347-002 page AC038_13 under Supplementary material. discharge pressure or external 4-20 mA signal. MULTISAB is a regulating system for general application.fm 1.03 12. Should special demands be made as to 0178-445 . which are set up in detail as described in the following. and in a sequence set by the user. The system is controlled and optimized according to suction pressure. The programmed starting sequence is always followed. MULTISAB connects up to 14 compressors in one and the same communication system. The plant itself may also make special demands as to regulating speed and accuracy.ENG Rev. the optimization of the compressors. 03. which can capacity regulate reciprocating and/or screw compressors according to rules.1 MULTISAB is a distributed software module included in all UNISAB II. 4. Screw compressors in operation are run to as high a capacity as possible.UNISAB II 2. It is acceptable that reciprocating compressors operate at part load. Such an alternative regulation can be carried out in several ways: • • • • controlling the digital input External start permission. which makes a central external regulation necessary.09 167/222 . Fig. depending on the chosen type of regulation. brine temperature. 12. normal stop using the digital output Auxiliary output using the 4-20 mA input Auxiliary input changing capacity set points from PC/PLC via COMSAB II/PCCOMSAB II. 1 UNISAB II 2 UNISAB II 3 UNISAB II 14 UNISAB II The MULTISAB system is based on some basic rules: 0178_437_en. 3. MULTISAB regulation Introduction MULTISAB is a distributed compressor control system. PROSAB II and UNISAB II units on delivery. MULTISAB regulation 12. it may be necessary to regulate the compressors externally. 2. See also section Configuration. C: All units. BAUD RATE. especially screw compressors. corresponding to the number of compressors must be entered in each unit. Note that it must be checked that all units on the network are able to run at the selected rate. System setup To be able to use MULTISAB. must be entered.09 . beginning with no 1 and upwards. In case the system consists of both UNISAB II and PROSAB II or UNISAB II units. The points on the checklist can be explained as follows: A: All units that are to be included in the system must be connected physically. see the following instructions if the control units are part of the plant in question: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 0171-761 / UNISAB S-Control 0171-772 / UNISAB R-Control 0178-175 / UNISAB RT-Control 0178-181 / UNISAB RTH-Control 0171-729 / PROSAB II 0171-743 / the MULTISAB system for PROSAB/UNISAB II See section Installation of data communication cable as well as Connecting diagrams to find information on the physical linking of UNISAB II units. a number of points must be completed. Important! If two compressors have the same compressor number entered in UNISAB II. choose 1200 baud. In SETUP I CONFIG a compressor number. be aware of the time delay through the communication system. 03. 168/222 0178-445 . In case the system only consists of UNISAB II units. must have a swept volume value entered. usually choose the highest baud rate. 12.2 PC/PLC possible modem COMSAB II/PCCOMSAB II 1 UNISAB II 2 UNISAB II 3 UNISAB II 14 UNISAB II In case compressor capacity is controlled through COMSAB II or PCCOMSAB II from a central computer.03 12. B: All units must be configured for intercommunication. It is possible to make an approximate calculation of this time delay. there will be no communication between the units.ENG Rev. If UNISAB II is to be connected to controls of the UNISAB S/R or PROSAB II type. In SETUP I CONFIG the communication speed.UNISAB II 2. MULTISAB regulation Fig. COMPR. See COMSAB II instruction no 0171-400. NO. Please find the checklist for MULTISAB setup (see the following pages). It is recommended to mark the compressors with this number. 03 12. In SETUP I CONFIG enter the current combination of common evaporator and common condenser in COMMON EVAP/COND. See section Configuration. the UNISAB II unit with the next START. COMPR# or START#. START# is easier and more safe if equalizing running hours is important. Regulation Setup H: All units must be configured to the desired regulating method. If the compressor is not available. regulator) is chosen. it may very well be another compressor. See section Configuration. Guidelines for selecting COMPR# or START#: • COMPR# is easier and more safe if the controlled input is not available to all UNISAB II units. which also means that the controlled input sensor (point H below) on this particular UNISAB II unit in use. In SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE enter START NO and a SYSTEM NO. If selecting COMPR#.REGULATOR in this case. MULTISAB regulation In SETUP I CONFIG enter SWEPT VOLUME.REGULATOR. it will usually be the compressor of the SYS.09 169/222 . MASTER in all UNISAB II units. the UNISAB II with the lowest COMPR. • In SETUP I CONFIG select the same PREF. The SYS. See section MULTISAB. er or disconnected from the network.NO is meant to be changed from time to time.NO (point F above) will be SYS. D: An entry must be made in all units whether the system contains a common evaporator and a common condenser. 03. Always make sure that COMPR. REGULATOR. However.NO will be SYS. In such case. the UNISAB II with the next COMPR.fm All units in the same system must agree on the way a regulating master (sys. All units must be adjusted to remote control. if COMPR# is selected. E: All units must be have a system no and a starting no.UNISAB II 2. the UNISAB II with the lowest START.NO is a fixed value. which can be read on the compressor name plate.REGULATOR for as long as the compressor belonging to this UNISAB II unit is running and ready. The only exceptions are if the UNISAB II is off power or disconnected from the network. COMPR# must be selected if there are any PROSAB II or UNISAB I units on the system.REGULATOR which is in operation. In SETUP I CONFIG adjust CONTROL ON to the desired regulating method. UNISAB II is not in REMOTE mode.ENG Rev. 0178-445 . See section Configuration. especially if all (or all but one) compressors must always be available. NO (point B above) will always be SYS. the controlled input sensor (point H below) is defective. If selecting START#. If only one compressor is required. See section Compressor regulation. or UNISAB II is off pow- • • G: In SETUP I CONTROL COMPRESSOR. ie never change it to equalize running hours! However.REGULATOR. START. Note that a defective controlled input sensor does not lead to an automatic change of SYS.CTRL MODE is on REMOTE.REGULATOR is master of the co-ordinated capacity control. See section Configuration.NO will be SYS. F: 0178_437_en. the timer in the time delay will count in seconds. depending on the factor set). K: All units must have their timers adjusted. The last two have both a cooling and a warming function: – Suction side (regulation of suction pressure) – Discharge side (regulation of discharge pressure) – Brine / hotwater (regulation of brine/water temperatures) – Ext. See section Timers. the compressor will not start up automatically in case cooling is required or stop automatically when cooling is not required and the temperature becomes too low. Both timers can be made to work proportionally (ie depending on the size of Pb). Timer setup. heating (regulation of a user defined measuring value: temp. In SETUP I CONFIG. NZ Regulator proportional band. See sectionTimers. P Band factor. In the picture for the parameter to be regulated. Note that point F above describes how to select the master. Always set the same set point on all other units in the same system (ie with the same SYSTEM NO).UNISAB II 2. time delay before stop. – Note that all units that can become master must measure the same value to be used for the capacity control.03 12. This means that if only a small difference exists between the desired temperature (Sp) and the current one. I: All units must (usually) be configured to both automatic start and automatic stop. STOP DELAY. J: The chosen regulator must be set in all units. If eg Brine / Hotwater temperature control is selected. time delay before start. set the following: 1) Regulator set point. SP1 and possibly SP2 170/222 0178-445 . If this is not the case. If the difference between the desired temperature and the current one is considerable (outside the P Band). Regulation of the entire system will usually take place on the basis of the regulator in the current regulating master (sys. ie the compressor with the lowest compressor or starting number.09 . cooling / Ext. MULTISAB regulation The following four regulators are available. PB See section Compressor regulation. the timer in the time delays will count very slowly (up to 10 times slower than the time set. In SETUP I TIMERS I P BAND FACTOR a proportional factor can be set for each of the timers./pressure/level).ENG Rev. 03. Therefore it is particularly important that the parameters of the configured regulator has been set correctly. regulator). In SETUP I TIMERS I TIMER SETUP the following timers are set: 1) 2) START DELAY. a separate temperature sensor must be available to all the relevant UNISAB II units. choose: AUTO START= YES AUTO STOP= YES See section Configuration. 2) 3) Regulator neutral zone. DELAY DOWN.ENG Rev. default 1) can be set for timer DELAY DOWN. 03. These factors can only be set on reciprocating compressors and will be effective only in case all reciprocating compressors have lower starting numbers than the screw compressors in the same system. In SETUP ITIMERS I TRANSFER a proportional factor FACTOR DOWN (1-10. In SETUP I TIMERS I TAKE-OVER the size of a take-over zone ZONE can be set. ie by taking over load from the screw compressor. MULTISAB regulation In case of reciprocating compressors. L: In plants with a combination of screw and reciprocating compressors a number of factors may be set to optimize compressor operation so that the two types of compressors are used in the best way possible. Both of these timers can also be made to work proportionally (ie depending on the size of Pb). ie by transferring load to the screw compressor. ie the part of the proportional band (0-100%. See section Configuration.UNISAB II 2.09 171/222 . time delay during unloading of stages. It is used when MULTISAB wants to let a reciprocating compressor decrease its capacity in favour of a screw compressor at low capacity. In SETUP I TIMERS I TRANSFER the size of a transfer zone ZONE can be set. time delay during loading of stages. In the section Example of regulation . default 15%) where transfer may take place. In SETUP I TIMERS I P BAND FACTOR a proportional factor can be set for each of the timers. In SETUP I TIMERS I TAKE-OVER a proportional factor FACTOR START (1-10. Transfer and the Take-over situations are included. several parameters are available to adjust the Transfer and the Take-over function. A larger FACTOR DOWN makes MULTISAB wait longer before reducing the reciprocating compressor capacity another stage. The Take-over function increases the capacity of the reciprocating compressor(s) to make the screw compressor stop. The Transfer function attempts to avoid this by reducing the capacity of the reciprocating compressor(s). It is used when MULTISAB wants to start a reciprocating compressor to take over the operation from a screw compressor which is running at low capacity. default 1) can be set for timer DELAY UP. As described below. It is used when MULTISAB wants to increase the capacity of the reciprocating compressor to force the screw compressor down below 5% capacity. default 1) can be set for the START DELAY timer. It is not economical to run a screw compressor at low capacity. making it stop. In SETUP I TIMERS I TAKE-OVER a proportional factor FACTOR UP (1-10. another two timers must be set.a combination of screw and reciprocating compressors illustrative examples of the 0178_437_en. 3) 4) DELAY UP.03 12. ie the part of the proportional band (0-100%. A larger FACTOR UP makes MULTISAB wait longer before increasing the reciprocating compressor capacity another stage. and only if TAKE OVER is set to YES in SETUP I CONFIG.fm 0178-445 . The optimization is carried out by the Transfer function and the Take-over function. thus staying in the take-over mode. time delay at take-over. START DELAY will be ac2) tivated once TAKE-OVER DELAY expires. 1) TAKE-OVER DELAY. TAKE-OVER MAX. MULTISAB regulation default 15%) where take-over may take place. the reciprocating compressor will give up and stop. When TAKE-OVER DELAY expires. it will pass into a take-over mode and start TAKE-OVER DELAY.UNISAB II 2. 172/222 0178-445 .ENG Rev. If the screw compressor has not stopped before the TAKE-OVER MAX expires.03 12. When a reciprocating compressor has calculated that it is possible to take over a subsequent screw compressor. This delay function can be cancelled by setting the delay for 0 (default). the time delay TAKE-OVER MAX will also be activated to ensure that a reciprocating compressor will not use more than the TAKE-OVER MAX time during a take-over attempt. In SETUP I TIMERS I TIMER SETUP the following timers are found. fixed at 300 seconds.09 . If the reciprocating compressor during the entire count down of take-over delay can continue to take over. max duration of a take-over attempt. 03. see also item C H.1 0178_438_en.2 0178-445 . If not. at least for screws Identical for all compressors within system Unique priority within system (SYSTEM NO) System ID.UNISAB II 2. Unique ID for each compressor on network Identical for all units on network Must be entered correctly for each compressor.fm E.2 CONFIG → Identical for all compresREFRIGERANT sors within system F G CONFIG → Identical for all compresPREF. the compressor must be stopped manually I. 03. CONTROL CONFIG → CONTROL ON Must be REMOTE unless the compressor is excluded (temporarily) from MULTISAB Identical for all compressors within system . the compressor must be started manually Should usually be YES.09 173/222 .03 13.1 I. Checklist Compressor No Checklist for MULTISAB setup No A Item Cabling Description All co-operating UNISAB units must be wired together on common network.2 Controlled input The measurement must sencor be available to all compressors in the system which can become master CONFIG → AUTO START CONFIG → AUTO STOP Should usually be YES.2 C CONFIG→ COMPR NO CONFIG → BAUD RATE CONFIG → SWEPT VOLUME CONFIG→ COMMON EVAP/COND MULTISAB STATE → START NO MULTISAB STATE → SYSTEM NO D E. If not. Checklist 13.ENG Rev.1 H. identical for all compressors on same controlled input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B. MASTER sors within system CONTROL → COMPR.1 B. UNISAB II 2.4 K.4 L.2 a K.1 TIMER SETUP → START DELAY P BAND FACTOR → START DELAY TIMER SETUP → STOP DELAY P BAND FACTOR → STOP DELAY TIMER SETUP → DELAY UP P BAND FACTOR → DELAY UP TIMER SETUP → DELAY DOWN P BAND FACTOR → DELAY DOWN CONFIG → TAKE OVER TIMER SETUP → TK OVER MAX TRANSFER → FACTOR DOWN TRANSFER → ZONE Description Identical for all compressors within system Matching values for all compressors within system Matching values for all compressors within system Matching values for all compressors within system Matching values for all compressors within system Matching values for all compressors within system Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system Only recipr.03 13. is to take over from screw Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system (TK = Take) Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system Matching values for all reciprocating compressors within system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 K. 03.1 L.2 Item Set point Neutral zone and P Band K.1 J. compr.4 a L.3 a K. Set for YES if compr. Checklist Compressor No Checklist for MULTISAB setup No J.ENG Rev.2 L.3 K.09 .2 K.3 L.5 TAKE-OVER → Matching values for all reFACTOR UP ciprocating compressors within system 174/222 0178-445 .1 a K. UNISAB II 2. Checklist Compressor No Checklist for MULTISAB setup No L.09 175/222 .fm 0178-445 .ENG Rev.03 13.6 Item Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 TAKE-OVER → Matching values for all reciprocating compressors FACTOR within system START TAKE-OVER → Matching values for all reZONE ciprocating compressors within system L. 03.7 0178_438_en. ENG Rev.03 13. Checklist 176/222 0178-445 .09 .UNISAB II 2. 03. master = COMPR#. the way the system operates can be varied with screw compressors of different sizes.plants with one temperature system and five compressors where pref.plants with two temperature systems and five compressors (eg two-stage plants) where pref. A compressor will not be part of the MULTISAB system if it is in either MANUAL. Likewise.03 14. AUTO. AUTO. it is the compressor with the lowest number in the individual system that works as system regulator. In case of two regulating systems or more. SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE shows which unit has been chosen as SYS.plants with one temperature system and five compressors where pref. and K3 will be system regulator of system no 2. Start and system numbers 14. 03. Moreover.UNISAB II 2. The way the system operates can be varied depending on whether a reciprocating or a screw compressor comes first in the sequence. K1 will be the regulator (system regulator) of the entire system. STOPPED or SHUTDOWN. System no Starting no Compressor no 1 2 K1 1 1 K2 2 3 K3 2 1 K4 2 2 K5 0178_439_en. master = COMPR#. master = COMPR#. REGULATOR) will regulate the other compressors in the system even if the compressor is in MANUAL. or if the digital inputs EXTERNAL START-NORMAL STOP and EXTERNAL START-IMMEDIATE STOP have not been connected.09 177/222 . System no Starting no Compressor no 1 1 K1 1 2 K2 1 3 K3 1 4 K4 1 5 K5 Example B . Only if the voltage supply or the communication is disconnected. Example A . REGULATOR. the system will automatically select a new system regulator. the compressor will not be part of the MULTISAB system if it is in REMOTE/capacity remote control with either a 4-20 mA external signal or communication signal. The regulating compressor (SYS.fm In example C. STOPPED or SHUTDOWN. Start and system numbers - pref. Example C . master = COMPR#. de- 0178-445 . System no Starting no Compressor no 1 5 K1 1 4 K2 1 3 K3 1 2 K4 1 1 K5 In examples A and B. which will be the unit with the second lowest number. K1 will be system regulator of system no 1.ENG Rev. plant with two temperature systems and five compressors (eg two-stage plants) System no 1 1 2 2 2 178/222 0178-445 .and that it does start.pref.plant with one temperature system and five compressors where pref. or vice versa. If compressors of different sizes are mixed.and that it does start. K1 will be the regulator (system regulator) of the entire system. In the above example K2 will become the regulator. followed by the screw compressors.and a cooling requirement still exists.ENG Rev. master = START#.IMMEDIATE STOP is disconnected .03 14. unfortunate part load conditions may occur. 03. it may go down on low capacity even at small loads. The take-over and transfer functions will only be effective in case all of the reciprocating compressors have lower starting numbers than the screw compressors in the same system. Start and system numbers . In case of mixed systems.09 . Start and system numbers pending on whether a small or large compressor comes first.UNISAB II 2. the next compressor in the starting sequence will become the regulator of the entire system provided that it is operating or able to start . K5 will be the regulator (system regulator) of the entire system.and a cooling requirement still exists. but only if it is operating or able to start.NORMAL STOP or EXTERNAL START. it is recommended that all reciprocating compressors in a system is placed one after the other. but only if it is operating or able to start. master = START#. master = START# Example A . System no Starting no Compressor no 1 5 K1 1 4 K2 1 3 K3 1 2 K4 1 1 K5 In example B. System no Starting no Compressor no 1 1 K1 1 2 K2 1 3 K3 1 4 K4 1 5 K5 In example A. depending on the sequence.plant with one temperature system and five compressors where pref. In the above example K4 will become the regulator. Example B . the next compressor in the starting sequence will be the regulator of the entire system provided that it is operating or able to start . If K1 is stopped because of an alarm or if one of the digital inputs EXTERNAL START . If K5 is stopped . Example C . Be aware that if a screw compressor has the lowest starting number. The take-over and transfer functions will only be effective in case all of the reciprocating compressors have lower starting numbers than the screw compressors in the same system. Be aware that if a screw compressor has the lowest starting number.master = COMPR# on UNISAB II.plant with two temperature systems and five compressors (eg two-stage plants) Start no Compressor no 2 K1 1 K2 3 K3 1 K4 2 K5 In example C. Likewise. REGULATOR. unfortunate part load conditions may occur.2 1 1 If compressors of different sizes are mixed. followed by the screw compressors. Moreover. K3.fm A compressor will not be part of the MULTISAB system if it is in either MANUAL. In case of two regulating systems or more. and K4 will be the system regulator of system no 2 provided that K2 and K4 are operating or able to start. or if the digital inputs EXTERNAL START-NORMAL STOP and EXTERNAL START-IMMEDIATE STOP have not been connected. SAB202S 1 3 K4. K2 will be the system regulator of system no 1.screw compressors only The working of MULTISAB will be described on the basis of the below example and with the indicated compressors. UNISAB S or UNISAB R / RT/ RTH. the compressor will not be part of the MULTISAB system if it is in REMOTE/capacity remote control with either a 4-20 mA external signal or communication signal. Start and system numbers Example C . AUTO.03 14. Note: The described example of possible configuration where the pref. it is the compressor with the lowest number in the individual system that works as system regulator. 0178_439_en. SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE shows which unit has been chosen as SYS. depending on whether a small or large compressor comes first. 03. depending on the sequence. SAB202S 1 4 K2.master = START# can only be used for plants (systems) which are fitted solely with UNISAB II units. or vice versa. In such cases set pref. it may go down on low capacity even at small loads. In case of mixed systems it is recommended that all reciprocating compressors in a system be placed one after the other. SAB163 Mk. but only if the compressor is in REMOTE/MULTISAB and at the same time operating or ready to start.2 1 2 0178-445 . the way the system operates can be varied with screw compressors of different sizes.09 179/222 . STOPPED or SHUTDOWN. The regulating compressor (SYS. SAB163 Mk. Compressor System no Starting no K1.ENG Rev. REGULATOR) will regulate the other compressors in the system.UNISAB II 2. The way the system operates can be varied depending on whether a reciprocating or a screw compressor is comes first in the sequence. Example of regulation . The function cannot be used together with a PROSAB II. MASTER = COMPR# (ie K1 is the system regulator) COMMON EVAP/COND =Y/Y ( (common evaporator and common condenser) SWEPT VOLUME = xxxx (corresponding to compressor name plate) BAUD RATE = 9600/19200/38400 (all compressors are fitted with UNISAB II) Regulating parameters (for BRINE regulator) SP = -2°C (chosen according to the operating conditions of the plant) NZ PB = 1°C = 5°C Timers START DELAY = 60 sec. the following compressor will not start.03 14. the plant will react faster to changes in temperature to return to its set point. 180/222 0178-445 . adjustment of the values will be required. If the compressor is to run for a longer period. STOP DELAY = 45 sec. During the running-in time.IMMEDIATE STOP have been connected. If Nz is reduced. Configuration CONTROL ON AUTO START AUTO STOP = BRINE = YES = YES COMPR. This usually leads to temperature variations close to the set point.NORMAL STOP and EXTERNAL START .09 . reduce STOP DELAY. The final settings will depend completely on the plant in question. 03. START DELAY is meant to prevent inadvertent start of a subsequent compressor. In case of too frequent compressor starts/stops. By increasing Nz the temperature can vary within a larger area before a temperature regulation becomes necessary. K3 and K4 {Not my turn} are stopped. Should the temperature rise excessively before start of the next compressor. increase STOP DELAY. Should the temperature reach the set point. If quick stop is required. START DELAY will be started on the next compressor in the sequence. K2 {Not my turn}. START DELAY must be reduced. In case the compressor runs above 95% capacity and the temperature is above the set point.NO = xx (the compressors are numbered from 1-4) PREF. sors. the plant will react to minor temperature variations in relation to the set point.UNISAB II 2. If Pb is reduced. START DELAY must be increased. Start and system numbers The following settings have been made in all units: The digital inputs EXTERNAL START . If Pb is increasedl the plant reaction will be slower. STOP DELAY determines the time the compressor runs at minimum capacity before stop. and this can prevent frequent oscillations around the set point.ENG Rev. The above is a general description of the various setting potentials. ie be within the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. but with frequent loading/unloading of compressor capacity. This will result in a frequent regulation of the compres- Loading sequence Compressor K1 is assumed to be in operation at eg 70 % {Runs by itself}. Start and system numbers The MULTISAB status. 0178-445 . At increasing cooling requirements and consequent capacity loading. (Should the temperature reach the set point. K2 will not start). After a count-down to zero. With a persistent cooling requirement and with K1. With screw compressors K1 and K2 at 100% and with a persistent cooling requirement. How much screw compressor K1 decreases in capacity and how fast in order to meet K2 depends completely on the strength of the "UP" regulating signal.1).} will run slowly down from 100% while K2 will increase its capacity {Lag com- pr. If a cooling requirement still exists. K3 will start up. and K4 will start up. The timer will count down from its set point to zero.}. capacity} and K2 and K3 will regulate in parallel.fm When the above has taken place. 03. they will continue to regulate in parallel (see Fig.09 181/222 . The loading speed depends on how far the immediate temperature is above the set point that has been entered into the regulator. compressor K1 will increase capacity until 100% capacity is reached. and compressor K2 will start. START DELAY will be started on screw compressor K4. capacity} and K3 and K4 will regulate in parallel. 0178_439_en. ie when their slide position is the same. K1 and K2 will be kept at 100% {Runs at max. K2 and K3 at 100%. ie be within Nz before START DELAY expires. 14.03 14. shown in picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. When the compressors meet. START DELAY will be started on screw compressor K3.ENG Rev. is marked with {--}. The timer will count down to zero.UNISAB II 2. the time delay (START DELAY) will start up in UNISAB II on compressor K2. screw compressor K1 {Lead compr. ie the immediate temperature is above the set point and the capacity of K1 is above 95%. K1 will be kept at 100% {Runs at max. K1 at 100% {Runs at max capacity}. it means that they follow each other up and down in capacity and that both units will try to keep the same capacity +/. ensure reg- Unloading sequence Three of the four plant compressors are assumed to be in operation.} both in parallel operation at eg 90%. When STOP DELAY expires. K2 {Lead compr. MULTISAB compensates for this by reducing (by half) the up and down regulating speed. K3 will now ramp down towards 0% {Stop Ramp Down} with a speed of approx 12%/min. until K3 stops. When two screw compressors regulate in parallel. 03. If the two compressors are of equal size. K3 will stop {Blocked}.ENG Rev. At decreasing cooling requirement and a consequent capacity unloading. The percentage of PARALLEL CAPACITY can be read in SETUP I MULTISAB I PARALLEL CONTROL.09 .UNISAB II 2.1 % 100 75 Increasing capacity Lead Lead=lag 50 Lag 25 5 0 % 100 75 Decreasing capacity Lead Start 5 10 15 20 25 min. The parallel capacity is the limit at which K2 is able to take over for certain. 182/222 0178-445 . Start and system numbers Fig. If the two compressors that regulate in parallel have equal capacities. It depends on the size and types of the involved compressors and the operating conditions. 50 Lag 25 5 0 5 10 15 20 Stop 25 min. compressors K2 and K3 will decrease their capacity until both are below the value called parallel capacity. K2 will. The parallel capacity is automatically calculated by MULTISAB.03 14. the parallel capacity will usually be about 55%. 14. When K3 is below 5% {May stop} the STOP DELAY timer will start up. the capacity change at any given relocation of the capacity slide will be doubled compared to the regulation of a single compressor.} and K3 {Lag compr.approx 2%. UNISAB II 2. SMC108L 1 1 K2.fm The cooling requirement is constant. and compressor K4 will start up.} will join each other in parallel operation.} and K2 {Lag compr. K1 at 100% {Runs at max.NORMAL STOP and EXTERNAL START . K2 stops {Blocked}. 0178_439_en. Due to an alarm caused by high oil filter differential pressure. and K3 will increase its capacity to 100%.} both in parallel operation at approx 65% (the parallel operation percentage is lower now than during the output state as K4 is larger than K2).} and K3 {Lag compr. K1 will now ensure regulation all alone {Runs by itself}.ENG Rev. as K1 remains at 100% {Runs at max capacity}.03 14. 03. it will not start until a requirement exists. Example of regulation reciprocating compressors only The working of MULTISAB will be described on the basis of the below example and with the indicated compressors. as MULTISAB does not stop K4 to make K2 resume its position in the sequence. K4 will regulate upwards and the plant will have the following operating mode: K1 at 100 % {Runs at max capacity}. This makes K1 {Lead compr.09 183/222 .} and K3 {Lag compr.NO = xx (The compressorers are numbered from 1-4) PREF. Compressor System no Starting no K1. When K1 and K3 are above 95% the time delay (START DELAY) will start in UNISAB II on compressor K4. The alarm on K2 is confirmed (after the oil filter has been replaced). and although K2 enters the READY status {Not my turn}. SMC106S 1 4 Operating sequence Three of the four plant compressors are assumed to be in operation. K3 {Lead compr. MASTER = COMPR# (ie K1 is the system regulator) COMMON EVAP/COND = Y/Y (common evaporator and common condenser) Configuration CONTROL ON AUTO START AUTO STOP = SUCTION = YES = YES SWEPT VOLUME = xxxx (corresponding to the compressor name plate) BAUD RATE = 9600/19200/38400 (all compressors are fitted with UNISAB II) 0178-445 . SMC106S 1 3 K4.} and K4 {Lag compr. capacity}. The timer will count down from its set point to zero. K2 {Lead compr. Start and system numbers ulation all alone {Stop Ramp Up}. SMC108L 1 2 The following settings have been made in all units: The digital inputs EXTERNAL START . Screw compressor K1 {Lead compr.} both in parallel operation at eg 80%. COMPR. If a cooling requirements still does not exist.IMMEDIATE STOP have been connected. K1 and K2 will decrease their capacity until both are below parallel capacity. K3. K2 will ramp down and stop as soon as the STOP DELAY timer expires.} change to parallel operation. In case the compressor runs at 100% capacity and the temperature is above the set point. the plant reaction will be slower. ie be within the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. 184/222 0178-445 . This will result in frequent regulation of the compressors. vice versa a lower value of DELAY UP will result in faster loading. START DELAY must be reduced. Should the temperature reach the set point. the next compressor will not start.03 14.UNISAB II 2. If DELAY DOWN is increased. the reciprocating compressor will unload capacity stages at a lower speed. the plant will react faster to changes in the suction pressure to return to its set point. If Pb is reduced.09 . The above is a general description of the various setting. is marked with {--}. as shown in picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. If Nz is reduced. START DELAY will be started on the next compressor in the se- Loading sequence Compressor K1 is assumed to be in operation at eg 75 % {Runs by itself}. Timers START DELAY STOP DELAY DELAY UP DELAY DOWN = 60 sec = 45 sec = 30 sec = 20 sec During the running-in time. If DELAY UP is increased. reduce STOP DELAY. The final settings will depend completely on the plant in question. Should the temperature rise excessively before start of the next compressor. STOP DELAY determines the time the compressor runs at minimum capacity before stop. If Pb is increased. In many cases it is advantageous if DELAY UP is higher than DELAY DOWN. In case of too frequent compressor starts/stops. If a quick stop is required. This usually leads to temperature variations close to the set point. START DELAY is meant to prevent inadvertent start of a subsequent compressor. the reciprocating compressor will load capacity stages at a lower speed. and this can prevent frequent oscillations around the set point.ENG Rev. START DELAY must be increased. By increasing Nz the suction pressure can vary within a larger area before a regulation of the compressors becomes necessary. K2 {Not my turn}. but frequent loading/unloading of compressor capacity. 03. The MULTISAB status. If the compressor is to run for a longer period. adjustment of the values will be required. increase STOP DELAY. the plant will react to minor suction pressure variations in relation to the set point. K3 and K4 {Not my turn} have been stopped. Start and system numbers Regulating parameters (for SUCTION PRESSURE regulator) SP = -10°C/R (chosen according to the operating conditions of the plant) NZ PB = 3°C = 5°C quence. vice versa a lower value of DELAY DOWN will result in faster unloading. the timer START DELAY will start on K4. It will count down before K3 starts up. K4 will decrease its capacity by unloading stages with the time delay DELAY DOWN between each change of stage until it reaches minimum capacity. the timer START DELAY starts on compressor K3. See section Regulating setup. Unloading sequence In an operating situation where the entire plant runs at 100% and with a decreasing cooling requirement. and K2 will start. Start and system numbers Fig.09 185/222 . 03. One stage will now be un- 0178-445 .2 Capacity for 1 compressor % Increasing requirement for capacity Compressor 1 Compressors 1+2 Compressor 2 100 75 50 25 0 Time Capacity for 1 compressor % Decreasing requirement for capacity Compressors 1+2 Compressor 2 Compressors 1 100 75 50 0178_439_en. When timer has expired.ENG Rev. The timer will count down from its set point to zero. K4 will start. 14. It is possible to make the loading speed depend on how far the actual suction pressure is above the set point by setting the proportional factor DELAY UP above 1 in the picture SETUP I TIMERS I P BAND FACTOR.03 14.UNISAB II 2. reciprocating compressor K1 will load stages at the DELAY UP time lag until 100% capacity has been reached.fm 25 0 Time At increasing cooling requirement and consequent capacity loading. When K3 is at 100% and a cooling requirement still exists. the timer START DELAY is started on compressor K2. unloading will start on compressor K4 first. With compressor K2 at 100% and still capacity requirement. ie 33% (SMC 106S). (In case the suction pressure reaches the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. ie the immediate suction pressure is higher that the set point. K2 will not start). If a cooling requirement still exists. (during unloading the reciprocating compressors will overlap. Reciprocating compressor K2 will now start unloading stages with time delay DELAY DOWN. COMMON EVAP/COND = Y/Y (common evaporator and common condenser) SWEPT VOLUME = xxxx (corresponding to the compressor name plate) BAUD RATE = 9600/19200/38400 (all compressors are fitted with UNISAB II) Configuration CONTROL ON AUTO START AUTO STOP = SUCTION = YES = YES Regulating parameters (for SUCTION PRESSURE regulator) SP = -20°C/R (chosen according to the operating conditions of the plant) NZ = 1°C COMPR. which will run at 67%.IMMEDIATE STOP have been connected. Screw 1 4 K5.NO = xx (The compressorers are numbered from 1-5) PREF. One stage will be unloaded on compressor K1.03 14. Screw 1 2 K3. Screw 1 5 B: Compressor System no Starting no K1. A: Compressor System no Starting no K1. and after K2 has unloaded one stage. Recip. 03. Start and system numbers loaded on compressor K3. 1 2 The system will continue its unloading in stages until K1 is stopped. Screw 1 1 K2. 1 1 K2.2). It is also possible that the plant stabilizes at part load.Recip. 1 4 K5. until it reaches minimum capacity. Fig.NORMAL STOP and EXTERNAL START . the situation will be the same as described under Loading sequence. and the timer STOP DELAY will start on K4. 14. Recip. Example of regulation . and the timer STOP DELAY will start on K2.UNISAB II 2. 1 5 The following settings have been made in all units: The digital inputs EXTERNAL START . K3 will now decrease its capacity to minimum. K4 will stop. ie 25%. When time delay STOP DELAY expires on K4. Recip. MASTER = COMPR# (ie K1 is the system regulator) 186/222 0178-445 . Screw 1 3 K4. and if the cooling requirement increases. K3 will stop on the timer STOP DELAY.combination of screw and reciprocating compressors The working of MULTISAB will be described on the basis of the below examples A and B and with the indicated compressors. Screw 1 3 K4.09 .ENG Rev. K3. By increasing Nz the suction pressure can vary within a larger area before a regulation of the compressors becomes necessary. The purpose of START DELAY is to try to prevent inadvertent start-up of a subsequent compressor. If Pb is increased. or vice versa. but frequent loading/unloading of compressor capacity. At increasing cooling requirement and consequent capacity loading. Timers START DELAY STOP DELAY = 60 sec = 45 sec DELAY UP = 30 sec (only reciprocating compressors) DELAY DOWN = 20 sec (only reciprocating compressors) During the running-in time. 03. K4 and K5 {Not my turn} have been stopped. Should the temperature rise excessively before start of the next compressor. adjustment of the values will be required. the plant will react to minor suction pressure variations in relation to the set point. 0178_439_en. vice versa a lower value of DELAY UP will result in faster loading. If Nz is reduced. The MULTISAB status. STOP DELAY determines the time the compressor runs at minimum capacity before stop.03 14. reduce STOP DELAY.ENG Rev. In case a compressor is at 100% capacity and the suction pressure is still above the neutral zone. increase STOP DELAY. the reciprocating compressor will unload capacity stages at a lower speed. If DELAY UP is increased. the reciprocating compressor will load capacity stages at a lower speed. START DELAY must be reduced. the following compressor will not start. Start and system numbers PB = 5°C In case of too frequent compressor starts/stops. Should the suction pressure reach the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. K3. In many cases it is advantageous if DELAY UP is higher than DELAY DOWN. as shown in picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. the plant reaction will be slower. and this may prevent frequent oscillations around the set point. The take-over and transfer functions described in the following will only be effective if all reciprocating compressors have lower starting numbers than the screw compressors. reciprocating compressor 0178-445 .sequence A Compressor K1 is assumed to be in operation at eg 50 % {Runs by itself}. the plant will react faster to changes in the suction pressure to return to its set point. is marked with {--}. If a quick stop is required. This will result in frequent regulation of the compressors. This usually leads to temperature variations close to the set point. If Pb is reduced. K2 {Not my turn}.fm Loading sequence . START DELAY will be started on the next compressor in the sequence. vice versa a lower value of DELAY DOWN will result in faster unloading.UNISAB II 2. The above is a general description of the various settings.09 187/222 . The final settings will depend completely on the plant in question. START DELAY must be increased. If DELAY DOWN is increased. It is recommended to place all reciprocating compressors in a system one after the other followed by the screw compressors. If the compressor is to run for a longer period. 03. screw compressor K3 will go down from 100% while K4 will increase its capacity. The timer will count down from its set point to zero. the reciprocating compressor will stop the down regulation while the screw compressor regulates upwards to get the suction pressure in place. ie the actual suction pressure is higher than the set point. With screw compressors K3 and K4 at 100% and with a persistent cooling requirement. the timer START DELAY will start on compressor K2. and reciprocating compressor K2 will start. State of transfer In case of a minor cooling requirement. 14. When they meet. When the timer has expired. K3 will now be kept at 100% {Runs at max capacity}.09 . When K3 is at 100% and a cooling requirement still exists. K4 will start. This factor. K5 will start up. they will continue to regulate in parallel (see Fig. this will only take place if the actual suction pressure is within the 'transfer zone'. the reciprocating compressor will continue the unloading of stages and the screw compressor will readjust.} will regulate in parallel. has been entered to avoid hunting in the plant as far as possible as the regulating system must have time to react to the rise in the suction pressure when the reciprocating compressor is unloading. this process will continue until the screw compressor is above 85% slide posiiton. this will happen with a time delay that (in sec) is the setting of DELAY DOWN multiplied by the 'transfer factor' for DELAY DOWN. Start and system numbers K1 will load stages at the DELAY UP time lag until 100% capacity has been reached. Above this fixed limit it is assumed that the screw compressor is running fairly economically. When the above has taken place.3). After a countdown to zero.03 14. the timer START DELAY will start on K3. which is default 15% of the regulator proportional band. However.UNISAB II 2. See section Regulating setup. Provided that requirements stay the same. (In case the suction pressure reaches the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. ie it will start decreasing its capacity to force the screw compressor capacity upwards. it is assumed that the plant stabilizes in the following situation: reciprocating compressors K1 and K2 both at 100% and screw compressor K3 in 40% slide position. The timer will count down before K3 starts up.ENG Rev. 1-10. the timer START DELAY will start on K4.1). Reciprocating compressor K2 will now pass into the "transfer" state. ie when their slide positions are the same.} and K5 {Lag compr. START DELAY will be started on screw compressor K5. If a cooling requirement still exists. causing frequent loading and 188/222 0178-445 . and K4 {Lead compr. Whether screw compressor K3 decreases its capacity and how fast to meet K4 depends completely on the strength of the "UP" regulating signal. (see Fig. K2 will not start). It is possible to make the loading speed depend on how far the actual suction pressure is above the set point by setting the proportional factor DELAY UP above 1 in the picture SETUP I TIMERS I P BAND FACTOR. With compressor K2 at 100% and a persistent capacity requirement. consisting of the neutral zone (zone 1) plus the transfer zone (zone 3). If the suction pressure rises (zone 2). 14. Further reduction of the reciprocating compressor capacity would result in a high risk that the screw compressor is no longer able to take over. Once the plant has balanced. When the reciprocating compressor unloads another stage. regulator output signal (capacity DOWN) State of take-over If the plant stabilizes after a transfer situation with K1 at 100%. has been entered to avoid hunting. NZ 3. it may take longer before the reciprocating compressors take over/transfer capacity. In plants with frequent load changes. 14. consisting of the neutral zone (zone 1) plus the take-over zone (zone 2) which is default 15% of the regulator proportional band. This factor.3). (see Fig. When reciprocating compressor K2 is loading stages. K2 will start. until it reaches minimum and stops on STOP DELAY. whereupon reciprocating compressor K2 will be loaded. reloading will take a certain amount of time. but this is compensated for by unloading on screw compressor K3.3 + regulator output signal (capacity UP) 6.03 14. This can be avoided by removing the starting permission from either 0178-445 .09 189/222 . Consequently. screw compressor K3 will be loaded at 100%.UNISAB II 2. Fig. The result may be that the reciprocating compresor K1 runs at 100%. 85% PB 0178_439_en. K2 at 25% and screw compressor K3 at 85%. 03. screw compressor K3 at 40% capacity. the variations may be absorbed exclusively by the screw compressor. the screw compressor will in some periods run at low capacity. K2 stopped. Furthermore. outside PB . 15% PB 1. 15% PB Takeover zone = 1+2 Transfer zone = 1+3 5. and K2 able to take over this capacity.ENG Rev. 14. When K2 starts up to take over the screw compressor capacity. However. If the plant is very unstable. this will take place with the loading time DELAY UP multiplied by the 'take-over' factor for DELAY UP. 85% PB SP 2. 1-10. Be aware that during reloading periods it may happen that a screw compressor is running at low capacity. Start and system numbers unloading of stages or start and stop of the reciprocating compressor.fm 7. 4. which prevents instability in the plant. the suction pressure will drop. this will only take place if the actual suction pressure is within the 'take-over zones'. outside PB If the cooling requirement increases. sequence B Compressor K1 is assumed to have stopped {May start}. the time delay START DELAY will start on screw compressor K3. The parallel capacity is automatically calculated by MULTISAB. they will regulate in parallel. The timer will count down. unloading will start on the screw compressors. Unloading sequence . When K5 is below 5% {May stop}. As illustrated in Fig. When the compressors meet.} will work together until K4 stops. K2. while the capacity of K3 will go up. they will regulate in parallel. The MULTISAB status. When STOP DELAY expires.2). (see Fig. the screw compressors K3 {Lead compr. until K5 stops. and K2 will start up. When this has happened. K4 will. When this has happened reciprocating compressor K2 will start unloading stages with the time de- Loading sequence .sequence A In an operating situation where the entire plant runs at 100% and with a decreasing cooling requirement. When the timer has expired. K3. ensure regulation all alone {Stop Ramp Up} as K1. the parallel capacity will usually be approx 55%. When K1 and K2 are in 100%. In case of a cooling requirement. lay DELAY DOWN until it is down to minimum capacity. K1 will start. a stage is unloaded on compressor K1.sequence A. ie when their slide positions are the same.UNISAB II 2. and in case the cooling requirement is increasing.09 .} and K4 {Lag compr. The system will continue unloading in stages until K1 stops. It depends on the size and types of the involved compressors and the operating conditions. the situation will be the same as described under Loading sequence . Next. 03. START DELAY will start on screw compressor K2. Next. K4 and K5 will reduce their capacity in parallel until both are below the value called the parallel capacity. screw compressor K2 will go down from 100%. The plant may also stabilize at part load. ie when their slide positions are the same. is marked with {--}. as shown in picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. 14. If the two compressors are of equal size. The percentage of PARALLEL CAPACITY can be read in SETUP I MULTISAB I PARALLEL CONTROL.03 14. the timer STOP DELAY will start. K5 will now ramp down towards 0% {Stop Ramp Down} with a speed of approx 12% /min. and the STOP DELAY time will start on K2 (ie during unloading the reciprocating compressors will overlap. When the compressors meet. Reciprocating compressors will only try to take over/transfer capacity from/to screw compressors that come later in the sequence.1. 190/222 0178-445 . K3 will start up and K1 will be kept at 100%. When this has happened. screw compressor K1 will go down from 100%. When it has reached 100% capacity.ENG Rev. K2 and K3 remain at 100% {Runs at max capacity}. K3 will now decrease its capacity to a minimum and stops on its time. K4 and K5 {Not my turn} are stopped. STOP DELAY. while the capacity of K2 will go up. 14. The parallel capacity is the limit at which it is certain that K4 is able to take over. K5 will stop {Blocked}. Start and system numbers the screw compressor or the reciprocating compressor. Should the actual suction pressure reach the neutral zone before START DELAY expires. K3 are kept at 100% capacity {Runs at max capacity}. This will continue until all the compressors are at 100% capacity. When STOP DELAY has expired. pressor K5 {Lag compr. K3 will be run down to minimum capacity and stops on its STOP DELAY time. (see Fig.ENG Rev. K1 will reduce its capacity and possibly stop completely. Screw compressors K2 and K3 are now going to decrease their capacity in parallel operation. The timer will count down to zero and reciprocating compressor K4 will start up.} will be the first to unload stages with time delay DELAY DOWN until it has reached minimum capacity. 0178_439_en. K4 will now load and unload stages according to the cooling requirements. Screw compressors K1 and K2 will adjust in parallel to the same slide position and start decreasing their capacity in parallel operation until they are below the parallel capacity. K4 will not start. In this situation a subsequent reciprocating compressor will not try to take over because it comes later in the sequence. until they are below the parallel capacity (usually 55% if they are of equal size). Next. K2.09 191/222 . K4 will stop.03 14.fm Be aware that with the above sequence screw compressor K1 may start and stabilize at eg 35% capacity corresponding to the actual cooling requirement. Start and system numbers Whether K2 reduces its capacity and at which speed to meet K3 depends completely on the strength of the "UP" regulating signal. it will start up its STOP DELAY time and when this has expired. 03.UNISAB II 2. compressor K5 will stop. Depending on the capacity requirement. At the same time K1 will take over. the time delay START DELAY will start on reciprocating compressor K4. ie the actual suction pressure is higher than the set point. At the same time K2 will take over.sequence B With the entire plant running at 100% and a decreasing cooling requirement. and STOP DELAY will now start on K5 (ie during unloading the reciprocating compressors will overlap. 14. With K2 and K3 at 100% and a persistent cooling requirement. When K4 has unloaded to minimum capacity. reciprocating com- 0178-445 . and K4 will now continue the unloading. one stage is unloaded on compressor K4.2)). K2 will be run down to minimum capacity and stop on its STOP DELAY time. while the screw compressors K1. Unloading sequence . UNISAB II 2. Start and system numbers Practical example 1 Fig. 14.09 . Here. The curve. Here. the system decides that K1 can be unloaded and K2 will take over. the plant does not have time to stabilize. describes a regulating course over a period of approx 3 hours.4 % SMC 8-100 Start # 2 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 80 60 40 20 0 VMY 325-3 Start # 5 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 80 60 40 20 0 VMY 347-1 Start # 4 100 80 60 40 20 0 -4 A B C D -3 E F G -2 H I K -1 Immediate Time SMC 12-100 Start # 1 VMY 325-2 Start # 3 0177150_0 Fig. interval "B". 14. which means that K4 will start up and adjust its capacity. interval "C". K2 will now increase its capacity with a simultaneous increase in the cooling requirement. The two reciprocating compressors K4 and K5 will now cover the cooling requirements. In interval "E" there is a brief increase in the cooling requirement. In interval "D" the cooling requirement drops.ENG Rev. In interval "A" compressors 1 and 2 run at part load. the two VMY 325 compressors have numbers 2 and 3. In the period until interval "H" the reciprocating compressor transfers capacity to the screw com- 192/222 0178-445 . In interval "F" the cooling requirement rises again and K2 will restart and go up to approx 60% slide position. However. divided into intervals from A to K. The sequence starting number is seen after "Start #". taken from an existing plant. and K2 will unload and stop.4 shows that the VMY 347 screw compressor has number 1. SMC 12-100 has number 4 and SMC 8-100 number 5. the plant stabilizes at a constant compressor capacity in interval "G". After some time K2 will stop as the cooling requirement has dropped again. 03. until they are both a little below 50% slide position. This increase is covered by K2. Further.03 14. In interval "E" K1 and K2 have the same slide position (approx 70%) and they regulate in parallel. In interval "F" K5 may transfer capacity and this may continue with K4 transferring until interval "G". The sequence starting number is seen after "Start #".fm 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 80 60 40 20 0 -4 VMY 325-2 Start # 3 VMY 347-1 Start # 4 -3 A B -2 C D E F -1 G H I K Immediate Time 0177150_0 Fig. K5 stops completely. while K1 is on its way up. 03. Furthermore. A rise in the cooling requirement will make K1 start up. In interval "I" K2 has risen to 70%.5 shows that the VMY 347 screw compressor has number 1.09 193/222 . there is a rise in the cooling requirement. Start and system numbers pressor as the screw compressor is below 85% slide position. SMC 12-100 has number 4 and SMC 8-100 number 5. Until interval "C" these three compressors are running at 100%.UNISAB II 2. At this point K1 and K2 will start dividing the capacity. taken from an existing plant. The curve. Until interval "K" K4 will unload further and K2 will now be at 100% capacity. 0178-445 .ENG Rev. This can be seen in interval "D".03 14. and K4 will start transferring capacity. 14. 3 hours. describes a regulating course over a period of approx. and K5 will start loading. where K2 has decreased a little. 14. Practical example 2 Fig. In interval "A" compressors K2 and K4 are running at 100% until interval "B". where the screw compressors have reached approx 80%. Here.5 % 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 80 60 40 20 0 SMC 8-100 Start # 2 SMC 12-100 Start # 1 VMY 325-3 Start # 5 0178_439_en. divided into intervals from A to K. the two VMY 325 compressors have numbers 2 and 3. There will be a question mark (?) in the lower left corner of the display if there is no communication to the UNISAB II with the selected number. Once they are below 85%. see picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. By removing the external start normal start signal the compressors can be removed from the sequence. 03.UNISAB II 2. If the plant is balanced at this particular time. where K1 and K2 have regulated down due to decreasing cooling requirement. NO)? Check the numbers in picture SETUP I CONFIG I COMMUNICATIONS. However. it can be difficult to achieve an optimum compressor operation in every situation. do all units agree on how to decide the master/system regulator? See the PREF.normal stop and external start .check this by means of the picture SETUP I MULTISAB I ALL COMPRESSORS.REGULATOR. until a movement has taken place in the regulation and it has adapted to the new sequence. each UNISAB II will run with its own regulator. Check whether all units in the same system agree upon the same SYS.MASTER field in SETUP I CONFIG.immediate stop been activated? See UNISAB II drawings Digital inputs. MULTISAB will now load compressors with rising sequence numbers despite the "holes" in the starting sequence. – Do two or more UNISAB II units have the same compressor number (COMPR. Do the units communicate? . Please note that in case the sequence is changed during operation. do not expect any immediate reaction. been configured? The plant does not run in sequence 1) Do the units communicate? In case of no communication.03 14.ENG Rev. Trouble shooting The plant cannot start 1) 2) Are all UNISAB II units set on REMOTE? Have the signals external start . It may be useful to enter the picture SETUP I MULTISAB I ALL COMPRESSORS and go through the compressor numbers (use J and K ). If this is not the case. K4 will transfer its remaining capacity. it is possible to select compressors by using the signal input external start . which they must. The screw compressors have now taken over the entire load. Thus. 4) 5) 6) 7) Is the actual suction pressure higher than the set point +1/2 neutral zone? Are any of the limiting functions active? Have AUTO START and AUTO STOP been configured? Has the COLD STORE FUNC. – Check communication cable and connection. 3) 3) 194/222 0178-445 . Check the picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. They must all be unique. Start and system numbers In interval "H" K1 and K2 are above 85% and K4 will stay passive until interval "I".normal stop as a supplement to the MULTISAB system facilities as described above.09 . 2) Do all units that are supposed to run in sequence have identical SYSTEM NO. it will continue to operate with the "old" sequence. The chosen compressor sequence will depend on the operating mode of the plant as well as the size of the compressors compared to each other. Check communication cable. UNISAB II 2.03 14..ENG Rev. Start and system numbers 4) If PREF.fm 0178-445 . 0178_439_en. may still become 0 for several reasons. 03. MASTER = START#. They must all be unique! 5) Is START NO = 0 in one or more UNISAB II units? MULTISAB requires that all START NO are higher than 0 and that not two are identical. Note that though it is not possible to select 0 as START NO.09 195/222 . the START NO. has the same START NO been entered in two or more units? See picture SETUP I MULTISAB I MULTISAB STATE. ENG Rev. Start and system numbers 196/222 0178-445 .03 14. 03.09 .UNISAB II 2. Two new screw compressor types have been introduced: SAB 128H Mk3 and SAB 163H Mk3. 0178_440_en. the manual can be used for an earlier version of the UNISAB II program. 0178-445 . 1.particularly at low oil pressure levels) than in previous versions. TSMC/TCMO compressors had no setpoint 2 (SP2) for discharge pipe temperature for regulating the "intermediate press. The regulating speed (max speed) has been increased.02 1. 1. No changes in the user's operation. 15 languages have been entered. injection". 1. 2 from unloading the last stage).07 Automatic zero position setting has been introduced for SAB 202 with manual Vi slide. it could happen that all compressors stayed at low capacity without regulating upwards although a capacity requirement existed. Automatic zero position (capacity slide) setting has been introduced for SAB 202 with automatic Vi slide as well as manual zero position setting for other screw compressor types.UNISAB II 2.03 15. Refrigerant R508 has changed its name to R410A. List of Versions 15.03 Description On the HPO compressor an incorrect scaling of the discharge pressure has been corrected. This error has been corrected in MULTISAB.08 General remarks: During a sequence running with two or more screw compressors. also when capacity is regulated on the external 4-20 mA analog signal.01 1.fm An error in the MULTISAB system resulting in blocking of plants with three or more reciprocating compressors in sequence has been corrected. The digital output AUX = "ready" is only active when the compressor is able to start. conversion for R23 refrigerant at approx -70°C has been corrected. R407C./temp. (The compressor starting as no 1 remained at 100% capacity at load reduction. preventing no. An error in press. Version no 1. As an exception.ENG Rev. A new refrigerant.06 This version does not exist.04 The hour counter counts in single hours and no longer in intervals of 10 hours.09 197/222 . This has now been introduced. 1. If the suction pressure ramp limiting function prevents the compressor from increasing its capacity to more than 5%. ie the digital input "external start permission .05 1. The regulation is now faster (longer pulses . The compressor will remain in operation. The configuration point "COMMON CONDENSER" has been extended to include "common evaporator" and is now called "COMMON EVAP/COND N/N". 03. In such cases it is necessary to consult the list of versions below to identify the points where the manual cannot be relied upon. the timer "delay before stop" will not be activated as was the case previously. has been entered. List of Versions This instruction manual applies to the UNISAB II version stated on page 1. The timers Start Delay and Stop Delay will be working.normal stop" must also be active. however. This has now been corrected. Limiter brine and Limiter hot water can now be read via the Danbuss communication. both compressors regulated down to 0% and the Lead compressor stopped. To be read as "Cap.g.OUTPUTpicture the AUX output can now be activated by: RUNNING and READY-EXT. the solenoid valve for "capacity down" opens whenever the compressor is prelubricated.09 .) Special warnings: Limiter suction pressure. the capacity requirements change.09 General remarks: In the TIMERS menu picture the TIMER SETUP picture has been displaced so that the picture obtains a position on the part of the timer menu that is immediately visible when you select the menu. The Lag compressor then continued to run at 0% without regulating upwards. the alarm relay will also be auto reset. even though capacity is below 5%. at a low suction pressure.stage 1") has now been entered for the TCMO 28 compressor. Screw compressors: A Multisab error has been rectified which could occur as follows: At suction pressure limitation. 198/222 0178-445 . A limiting function has been introduced for "high suction pressure limitation". although capacity was needed. The compressor capacity is limited. At auto alarm reset. during operation. For VMY compressors. Due to an error in the A/D converter software.03 15. An HP compressor started up by means of the "HP at two-stages" function + the "Ext. Motor currents SP1 and SP2 can now be changed right up to 2500 Amp. The timers "DELAY UP" and "DELAY DOWN" that operate in connection with the loading and unloading of capacity stages are now active both during capacity regulation with external "4-20 mA input" signals or if capacity regulation takes place via data communication. This situation coul be altered by changing the Lead compressor from Remote to Manual after which the regulation worked correctly when switching back again to Remote.09 (cont. These will occur whenever the UNISAB II is in position "READY" but unable to start because the suction or discharge pressure is within the neutral zone of the limiter in question.ENG Rev. start normal stop" signal. Before the Lag compressor stopped. Reciprocating compressors: A function controlling the by-pass valve ("cap. Via the communication it is now possible to read whether UII is in REMOTE/capacity regulating mode. 03.UNISAB II 2. Limiter discharge pressure. is now not going to stop on the "Stop delay" timer anymore. value when the suction pressure is above the high warning limit for the suction pressure. we have received reports of a false alarm for "Low brine temp" at "Power up" in some plants. to an adjustable max. e. 1.mode". In the CALIB/AUX. List of Versions Version no Description Screw compressors: For screw compressors two warnings have been introduced: "LIMITING SUCTION PRESSURE"and "LIMITING DISCHARGE PRESSURE". 1. Screw compressors: The secondary oil pump on VMY compressors was able to make a brief start on "power up". start normal". An HP compressor started with the "HP at two-stage" function + "Ext. The heating rod was not connected at compressor stop if the compressor: 1) stopped on alarm within 60 sec after start or 2) the alarm "capacity error" appeared at a stop. List of Versions Version no Description The position regulator parameters (SP. Prosab II and UNISAB II did not regulate correctly in LEAD-LAG. General remarks: All SMC and TSMC compressors are going to be configured as either type S/L or E.ENG Rev. The minimum limits for low oil pressure has been raised for Mk3 compressors. The new E-type for SMC/TSMC compressors has been introduced in CONFIG. start normal" signal. often at 100% capacity and with regulation in the neutral zone. UNISAB II can now be reconfigurered to UNISAB / Evolution.10 Please note that this program version no. 1. Reciprocating compressors: 0178-445 . 03. It is now possible to use a user-defined password. the neutral zone (+/-1%) at capacity regulation has been removed.UNISAB II 2. This has now been rectified. the slide was not run down when the alarm was confirmed.03 15. NZ and PB) are now accessible in a new parameter picture for MOTOR/CAPACITY. Further. TRANSFER and TAKE-OVER pictures have been changed. An extended hysterisis has now been introduced so that the oil pump does not stop until 10 sec. If a VMY compressor happened to fall out at "Capacity error" during operation. The warning limit for High Differential Pressure is 25 Bar.09 199/222 .09 (cont. The AUX output READY-EXT is now also applicable in AUTO It is now possible to use a user-configurable refrigerantR000. A false alarmfor "capacity error" that might occur (in some special cases).5%. This has been corrected. The texts in the TIMERS. has now been removed. This has been corrected. This has now been corrected. because the oil pump did not start. 1. 0178_440_en.) Reciprocating compressors: The MULTISAB transfer. have passed and capacity is below 4. Can only be stopped by opening the input:"Ext.and take-over mode for linking of reciprocating and screw compressors has now been implemented with the same functionality as that of Unisab-RT. HPO/HPC.fm 1.10A.10 is tied up with instruction manual version 1. The setpoint for the suction pressure regulator can now be set to 25 Bar the discharge pressure regulator right up to 40 Bar. The VMY compressor would stop the slide run down (the oil pump was stopped) whenever the capacity was below 5%. is not going to stop on the "Stop delay" timer if the comperessor has been selected for REMOTE/Multisab and no other compressors are operating in this system. It is also possible to change NZ and PB via the communication. while the slide was above 5%. The error only occured during PSI conversion.count down in "delay down" instead of "stop timer". calibration settings and hour counter are saved. The position transmitter signal for the capacity slide can be calibrated at 0 % and 100 %.when the lowest step has been reached .03 15. The programme can only be used for internal YORK test. An error whereby the heating element was not activated after switching the power on/off has been rectified. List of Versions Version no Description An adjustable time delay has been built in on the oil return. This has now been rectified. Reciprocating compressors: When the UNISAB II has been configured so that it is regulated using the brine temperature.11 1. The time delay for low oil pressure is now also active during operation. Up to now the capacity has only been 2 kByte. General remarks: COP calculation and display on the UNISAB II is now possible. The calculated COP. A MULTISAB error which occurred in a certain combination of plants with both screw compressors and reciprocating compressors has now been rectified.ENG Rev. The UNISAB Evolution II data are now automatically updated in the Evolution menu structure. Aconversion error in the display of oil filter difference pressure has now been rectified. A test version containing the SAB 330 screw compressor is installed. This has now been rectified.UNISAB II 2. A larger EEPROM type with a capacity of 4 kByte has been introduced. the cooling output and the efficiencyare shown in the picture COP.12 the VMY compressors started the prelubrication pumps shortly after power up. and this is in the lower P-Band. 1.09 .12 This version does not exist. 200/222 0178-445 . 1. Screw compressors In version 1. 03. A limiting function has beeen introduced for high discharge temperatures. and a limiting function at the same time is active. The limiting function for "high suction pressure limitation" has now also been introduced for reciprocating compressors. Reciprocating compressors: It is now possible to disconnect the MULTISAB "transfer/take-over" function. It is now possible to set up a delayed closing of the solenoid valves for oil cooling or water cooling at compressor stop. The capacity of the reciprocating compressor is stored in DIAGNOSIS I OLD ALARMS in case the alarm should fall out. It is now possible to select the unit kPa in the UNISAB II. Screw compressors: Screw compressor type SV 80 is now supported. the UNISAB II will . Select the function in configuration.13 General remarks: EEPROM. 13-C: English. French. -1. 0178_440_en. When UNISAB II is switched on for the first time or when a program RESET is performed.13-A. German. 1. -1. Greek.ENG Rev. The AUX OUTPUT can now additionally be configured to "READY AND ME ONLY" which can be used to ensure water circulation at the PT100 sensor even if no compressor is running.13-B and 1.UNISAB II 2. Additionally.13-B: English. Dutch and Russian.differs from the original 1.which is marked with the date 990831 . Danish. The three varieties contain the same program but in three different sets of languages: -1. Czech.13 (000224) A number of errors have been corrected compared to earlier versions.13-C.03 15. The manual has been thoroughly updated. Low oil pressure alarm is delayed extra 10 seconds at compressor start to avoid unintended alarm. Communication with Quantum compressor controller now possible.13 . the set language is English. 03.13-A: English. Hungarian. List of Versions Version no 1.fm 2. Finnish. changes regarding "Evolution" have been carried out.13 (990831) Description Version 1. Norwegian and Swedish. The alarm #83 "Vi position" appears if the shown capacity is 100% while the measured capacity position is < 20%. Spanish. Portuguese and Polish. 0178-445 .00 General remarks: The following compressor types have been added: -SAB 128 HR -SAB 163 HR -SAB 250 S/L/E -SAB 330 S/L/E The following refrigerant type has been added: R744 (CO2). 1. Italian. A number of alarms and warnings has been added.09 201/222 . it is now possible in the MULTISAB→ PARALLEL CONTR picture to type in an OFFSET to the parallel capacity.13 mainly on the following points: It is found in three varieties: 1. Minimum capacity increase/decreace pulse 0. This has now been rectified. Two new refrigerants: R1270 (Propylene). One new timer for reciprocating and screw compressors have been introduced: Timer 32 Low suction pressure. When regulated value is outside a “zone”. SAB 355 L as well as the GSV/RWF series (see configuration).3 sec. One new timer has been introduced for screw compressors: Timer 33 Lubricating pressure. Setting of 0 [%] results in the “zone” passing over to the other side of Nz. Low alarm and low warning for brine temperature have been changed from -60°C to 100°C. R 290 (Propane).UNISAB II 2.01 (020221) EEPROM.03 15. 202/222 0178-445 . 2.600 sec. Screw compressor: Start delay and stop delay factors affecting the countdown of the timer have been changed to start and stop delay “zones” in [%] of the P-band. Timer for oil filter differential pressure has been raised to 300 seconds. 2.09 . 03. Set value 0-100 [%]. At compressor stop. ie.01 Further remarks: Compressor types SAB 283 L/E.0x) a timing problem occurred which had the effect that writing to and reading from the EEPROM was not always carried out correctly. List of Versions Version no Description Screw compressors: The capacity control is now being carried out by standard PID controllers. The timer "Low superheat" is now adjustable 15 . type SAB 80. the timer will start.ENG Rev. Turkish has been added. Contrast can now be adjusted from any menu picture by means of the RESET button and the arrow up/down keys. When switching to the use of two EPROMS at the same time (from version 2. capacity down signal until capacity < 5%. a stop delay zone = 0 % means that the stop delay timer will start when regulated value is inside or below Nz.2 bar.5 bar and warning = 2. Max values for oil filter differential pressure have been changed to: Alarm = 2. Screw compressor. Reciprocating compressors: A low pass filter has been attached to the suction superheat to avoid low superheat alarm when unloading stages. See the calibration section in your manual. See the configuration section in your manual for installation. In the measuring unit picture. This has now been rectified.2 bar. 0178-445 . The COP picture has been moved from the CALIBRATION menu to the CONFIGURATION menu. The volume transmitter can now be calibrated by means of software calibration. the compressor would not start even though the signal exceeded 4. This had the effect that the compressor could not start and operate in auto and remote control.0 bar to 25. It indicates motor revolutions per minute when the compressor capacity is regulated by a frequency converter. MOTOR INPUT. At the initial start-up of UNISAB II. This has now been rectified. Thus. This has now been rectified. List of Versions Version no 2. This picture is found below the SET UP menu.ENG Rev. The menu lines CAPACITY and VOLUME have been moved from the MOTOR picture in the main menu to a new picture called CAPACITY. the limiter zone is now 25. the start number and system number were set at a fixed value of “0”. Screw compressors When operating in 100% capacity for a longer period of time. High warning is increased from 25. There is a new menu line below the MOTOR picture which is called MOTOR FREQUENCY. Volume ratios: 2. See menu tree in the beginning of your manual. Reciprocating compressors HPO/HPC.8 mA (5% capacity).5-5. Multisab sequence was not optimized to support correct operation between frequency controlled and conventional compressors. 03.2-3.UNISAB II 2. See the configuration section in your manual for installation.09 203/222 . Configuration. CAP/FREQ. 0178_440_en.fm Configuration. The “feedback” signal from a frequency converter can now be calibrated by means of software calibration.03 15. sometimes the compressor would simply stop for no reason with the alarm for capacity error on.01 ROTA Description This version has never been officially released but has primarily been used for rotatune units and as spare part for correction of errors. The following compressor type has been added: Gram GST screw compressor with stepless capacity slide control and control of the volume slide in three steps by means of two solenoid valves. In the measuring unit picture. there is a new menu line. See the calibration section in your manual. A new timer has been introduced in connection with GST compressors: Timer 34 Vipause. General remarks If the compressor capacity was controlled by a 4-20 mA signal.2 bar. This has now been rectified.0-25. there is a new menu line. All new menus and parameters of this version are primarily shown in English only. when changing parts in UNISAB II or at low battery voltage and a simultaneous reconnection of power supply. There are two new menu lines in the picture MOTOR below the CONFIG menu. there are charts of “UNISAB II Settings” and “UNISAB II diagnosis” in the back of this book. See the configuration section.ENG Rev. 204/222 0178-445 . 03.1 Description This version replaces all prior versions. The remaining languages will be updated in later versions as they are being translated.13 and earlier. General remarks 4-20 mA initialization error during UNISAB II restart. for no apparent reason. the regulator would be out of order and thus capacity could either be 0% or 100% but could not settle at medium capacity.02. has now been changed. capacity slide and volume slide. The error first occurred in version 2. the following error might occur: During operation. the compressor would not start. This has now been rectified. Screw compressors When regulating the discharge pressure.02 and in later manuals. The ROTA concept has now been extended to include reciprocating compressors with frequency converters and screw compressors controlled by a combination of frequency. the following five languages are fully translated: Danish. These used to be in the Starting-up Manual. Timer values concerning the prelubrication function for screw compressors was not initialized correctly after factory reset . the compressor would stop. The error might also occur in EPROM version 1. UNISAB evolution plant. the green diode on the front cover would start to flash for about one minute and then.UNISAB II 2. The multisab system now handles both frequency controlled screw and reciprocating compressors which operate in sequence with either reciprocating and/or screw compressors. When simultaneously using the function EVOLUTION and CHILLER = YES in the configuration. It has now been rectified. When simoltaneously using the function EVOLUTION and CHILLER = YES in the configuration.09 . This has now been rectified. UNISAB evolution plant. The display was flashing during reconnection of power supply to UNISAB II. The “copy EEPROM” function. However. List of Versions Version no 2. Configuration. The start delay timer kept counting in negative seconds instead of stopping at 0 and starting the compressor. Dutch. simply press “arrow left” to restart. This has now been rectified. Multisab error in connection with direct capacity control: When disrupting the 4-20 mA remote control signal for several UNISAB II compressors at the same time.only if followed by a power reset. even if a language other than English has been chosen. Swedish. This has now been rectified.03 15. not all of the compressors will start when the signal returns. In the Instruction Manual of version 2.01. Thus it is no longer necessary to enter password to reply YES. MINIMUM frequency and MAXIMUM frequency. See service section in the manual for further details. the following error might occur: In case of a pause before compressor start-up. namely. French and Italian. This has now been rectified. UNISAB II Evolution: When changing baudrate for port 1 (when using Evolution PLC). capacity will then automatically be regulated back to 80% as soon as the limiter is no longer in function. the compressor capacity will be regulated back to the capacity it had before the limiter went into active MODE. Known errors of this version: General remarks Multisab. Screw compressors SAB110SR/LR. The following concerns compressors which control frequency on the frequency converter by means of a 4-20 mA output signal from the UNISAB II and only in MANUAL OPERATION MODE: In MANUAL MODE. Reciprocating compressors Motor frequency control in connection with two-stage reciprocating compressors has not yet been fully implemented. The PID-regulator function has been thoroughly explained in this version of the manual and it contains practical examples of general usage of this function. the new communication speed will not be initialized and communication to the PLC cannot be effected.g. It is expected to be implemented in version 2. more capacity was required. 30%.02.fm 0178-445 . a factory reset must be carried out or UNISAB II must be turned off and on. Therefore. This has now been rectified.03 15. 0178_440_en.09 205/222 . List of Versions Version Description There was an error in the regulator. 80% and the limiter is activated and forces capacity down to e.UNISAB II 2.2. This regulation takes place without activating the capacity keys. This error caused the capacity to decrease very slowly as long as the limiter was in passive mode.g. it might be quite some time before capacity is decreased even though the regulator requires less capacity. If this is not carried out.ENG Rev. if capacity is manually regulated up to e. Sequential control of several rotatune compressors in the same system as conventional compressors (rotatune master/slave operation) has not yet been implemented. which would only occur when a limiter was in passive mode and when. During operation for a long period of time in remote or auto control. at the same time. The following compressor type has been added: SAB110SR/LR. as soon as the limiter is no longer in function. 03. the compressor would run up capacity a little every time this limit was passed.02.09 . Textual errors have been corrected in the Swedish instruction manual. UNISAB II evolution.2 instead of an earlier version and at the same time maintaining battery voltage on UNISAB II.03 15. when changing communication speed on port 1 for use with Evolution PLC. a screw compressor about to stop would keep running at minimum capacity because the “delay before stop” timer was reset and started recounting before the compressor stopped.UNISAB II 2.g. Screw compressors Screw compressor SAB110SR/LR. This has now been rectified.02.ENG Rev. all timer values are reset at default values. the length of period until capacity was reduced was disproportionately long even though the regulator had required less capacity. the new speed is now initialised automatically. Due to an error in the outer PID-regulator. the suction pressure value passed the limit between NZ and the lower P-band. 206/222 0178-445 . Known errors When using the “copy eeprom” function. Afterwards.2 Description General remarks Multisab sequence with several rotatune compressors running in the same system is now implemented but has not yet been tested. This has now been rectified. This problem applies to all regulating modes. List of Versions Version 2. the contrast now initialises at a value between 20 and 80 when pressing the “R” key. When installing eprom version 2. The problem only appeared when e. Superuser password has been changed. It is expected to be released in the next version. 03. the contrast can be adjusted by simultaneously activating the “Reset” key and the “arrow up” or “arrow down” key. When operating at 100% capacity for a long period of time in either remote or auto control. Furthermore. An error regarding several systems in the same network has been corrected. the oil filter differential pressure is monitored by an electrical switch. The auxiliary output function has been corrected. When two rotatune compressors were running in parallel. When a master compressor was stopped due to an alarm. Screw compressors Timer no.g. Reciprocating compressors Reciprocating compressor Mk4. the taking over function has been corrected.fm Rotatune multisab. On Mk4 reciprocating compressors. the neutral zone is divided in equal parts above and below the set point. Rotatune reciprocating compressors. The compressor will still be prelubricated but the compressor motor must start up immediately when the signal of the oil flow switch is present. Now a master compressor includes subsequent stopped rotatune compressors (slaves) in the taking over calculation when attempting to take over a subsequent screw compressor.03. the slave did not automatically adopt the role of master regulator. Now the alarm for low suction pressure can be suppressed for up to 60 seconds during both startup and operation. Prelubrication has been changed from a default value of 10 seconds to 0 seconds. T. This has now been rectified. 32 "Low suction pressure".g. 7 "Prelubrication" has been changed for screw compressors of the SABxxxHR type. The neutral zone value was doubled so that it applied both above and below the set point. 0178_440_en. the switch gives an input signal. There is no operating limiting function in this warning. Rotatune multisab function.3 seconds. the master ran with a fixed capacity of e. it only included its own 60% free capacity in the taking over calculation. Digital input 9 is usually open. Rotatune multisab.1 Description General remarks Mode of operation has been changed for timer no. See also the section about regulation in this manual. When a rotatune compressor was operating with several systems in the network (e.UNISAB II 2. 0178-445 . See wiring diagrams for installation of this switch. Earlier. Before. An error has been corrected in the outer regulator. High". from 30 to 90 seconds and minimum pulse should be changed to 0. A slave which was starting up would immediately stop after only a few seconds. To compensate for this. The warning typically appeared when the suction pressure lay between the low alarm default value and the low warning default value. P-band should be changed from 200 to 400%. An error has been corrected in rotatune multisab between two rota screw compressors. When using the auxiliary output function for maximum and minimum capacity respectively. Now. "Filter diff. the default values for the internal regulator on the UNISAB II on the slave compressor must be changed. the warning disappeared when control mode was changed from stopped but it generated false warnings which communicated with the UNISAB network either via the Sabcom II driver or the Comsab II module. low and high pressure systems) the multisab system would fail. A new timer no.int. this did not function correctly for rotatune machines in earlier eprom versions. If this signal is active for more than 300 seconds. 03.09 207/222 .03 15. 60% and the slave hunted up and down with a variation of 5-10% around the the master’s 60%=50-70% when it should be running with the same capacity as the master.ENG Rev. See Rota appendix. the warning "high oil differential pressure" is given. 11 is introduced. If the differential pressure exceeds the set value. A false warning for low suction pressure when the compressor is in stopped control mode has been corrected. List of Versions Version 2. When using the 4-20 mA analog output function from UNISAB II to a frequency converter to control the speed of the compressor motor the following problem is found: When running in auto or remote control mode. all timer values are reset at default values. 208/222 0178-445 .03 15. 03. it is still possible to change the speed of the compressor motor with the operating keys capacity up or capacity down.ENG Rev. This should only be possible in manual control mode. List of Versions Version Description Known errors When using the "copy eeprom" function.UNISAB II 2.09 . Spare parts for UNISAB II 16.ENG Rev. C) Relay print (rev. G) Part number 3084-394 1572-018 1613-002 1613-003 1571-015 1571-018 3084-383 3084-394 1573-008 1573-007 1572-026 1574-016 1373-249 1373-271 1373-251 1373-245 1373-252 1373-264 3448-004 3448-___ 3448-___ 3448-___ 0178_441_en.10 and earlier versions.10 AKS32R-1-9 bar 1) Pressure transducer dia.UNISAB II 2. Sabroe logo CPU print (rev.10 AKS2050-1-25 bar Pressure transducer dia. 9) Only for SV 10/20 compressors (not Rotatune) 0178-445 .03 16. Spare parts for UNISAB II Item Normal spare parts set Set of accessories .To be used in version Eprom 1. SAB 128H (not HR). EEPROM (4kB-serial) .UNISAB II EPROM tongs EEPROM tongs EEPROM (2kB-serial) . YORK Refrigeration logo Front cover with sheet and display. 7) Only for SAB 250 and SAB 330 compressors. 03.12 and later versions. Certificate set Normal spare parts set Front cover with sheet and display. 8) Only for SAB 80 compressors. SAB 163B. SAB 163H (not HR) and SAB 202 compressors.fm Pressure transducer dia.To be used in version Eprom 1.09 209/222 .10 AKS32R-1-59 bar 2) Pt100 sensor 4-conductor (1/2" thread) 3) Pt100 sensor 4-conductor (1/4" thread) 4) Pt100 sensor 4-conductor (1/4" thread) 5) Position transmitter 6) Position transmitter 7) Position transmitter 8) Position transmitter 9) Notes: 1) Not used for HPO/HPC compressors 2) Only used forHPO/HPC compressors 3) Units supplied before November 1995 4) Units supplied after 1 November 1995 5) Units supplied after 1 January 1997 6) Only for SAB 110. 09 .03 16. Spare parts for UNISAB II 210/222 0178-445 .ENG Rev. 03.UNISAB II 2. 03.UNISAB II 2. 10-14. transmitters0178-412 • • 0178_442_en./resistance table0178-411 Capacity and Vi pos. Supplementary Material 17. 35-36.ENG Rev.03 17. 16-22. Supplementary Material "Quick Reference"Leaflet Installing a data communications cable0171-745 Data sheet for AKS 32R -(-1/+9 bar)0178-410 Data sheet for AKS 2050 .09 211/222 .fm 0178-445 . 39-40) 3448-235 Reciprocating compressors (page 1-40) 3448-236 Data sheet for Pt100 sensor .(-1/+25 bar)0178-414 Electrical Wiring Diagrams for: • Mounting of ground log and emergency stop (page AC038_13) 2347-002 Voltage equalization (page AC040_10) 2347-002 • Screw compressors(page 1-4.Temp. 25-32. 03 17.ENG Rev. 03.UNISAB II 2. Supplementary Material 212/222 0178-445 .09 . ........................................................................................ 56 suction gas superheat .................................................................................................................. 56 no communication to Chiller ........................................................................... .........03 Index A Additional unload reciprocating compr......................... 57 low lubricating pressure monitoring ............................ 58 motor error .......................................09 213/222 ................................................................................................EEPROM ............................................................................................... ................................... 54 Vi-position error ............... .....................................................fm 0178-445 ...... 55 motor overload ........................................ 57 Analog inputs numbering ............................... 56 screw compr...............ENG Rev...................................................................................................................................................................... 39 Adjusting slide velocity .... 145 Auto Start ..................................... 57 Limiting suction pressure ............................. 34 0178-445IX...................... 103 capacity error screw compr........................................................................ 59 Limiting brine temperature .......... 57 auxiliary input signal ............... 57 Limiting discharge pressure ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................. 57 oil system error screw compr..................... 58 full flow pump error screw compr......................................... 97 Alarm alarm from Chiller . 55 Cooling fan error ............................ 57 Evolution no communication to PLC ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 56 identification numbers Alarms-warnings ............................................................UNISAB II 2.......................................... 03.................... ............................................................................................................................................................................... 55 overload discharge pressure ...................................................... 55 oil pump error SAB 80 ....................................................................................................... 56 high motor temperature ................................. 56 Error in diagnosis....... 55 capacity ....................................55............................................................. 34 stop .................................................................................. 57 Limiting discharge temperature ........................................................................................................ 57 no starting permission .................................................................................................................... 57 Wrong starting number in sequence .................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 oil rectifier error ................ 57 Limiting hot water ....................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................... 42..........................................................................................33 Brine temperature Calibration ...............................................................126 C Cabinet open the cabinet .............................97 slide data .................................102 Calibration .....................................................................99 Aux...................................................12 Cold store funktion .....................................................................................................................................................................................................98 Capacity measuring system Long-Stroke Capacity-Rod Calibration ................................... 03.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................13 Calculated Vi position ...........................................41 port 2 ......................................................................................................................................39 Compressor adjusting slide velocity .....09 .....39 Booster menu description ...........................................................................119 B Baud rate port 1 ...................................................................................95 code plug .........................147 Clima control menu description ..........................................................................................................................................................................................125 Capacity corrected capacity ..... 43............................................................................................................................41 Circuit board with light diodes .................. output ......111 214/222 0178-445 ............................................................................................128 Change to full load .........................35 Brine temperature ....................................................................................................120 menu description ......UNISAB II 2................................................. 44 Configuration menus ...130 Turning Transmitter Calibration ...............................................................................102 Change to part load ................................................................................03 Automatic setting of a new zero point (SAB 202) ...............................................102 Checklist ............................173 Chiller menu description .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................42 selecting ...................................39 Climate control description ................................................................27 Control and surveillance ......................ENG Rev.......................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................UNISAB II 2.................. 116 SAB 163 Mk 1 with oil pump ................................................................................................................................................... 122 Diagnosis Analog inputs .................................... 118 FV 19 with oil pump ................................................................ 111 Thermistor connection ........................................................................................ 113 Motor current measuring . 142 setting ..............................................................................fm D Danbuss menu description ...... 120 COP setting .............. 119 Capacity down blocked ........................................................................................................................ output .... 141 No........................................................................................... 120 Reciprocating compressors .... 120 Cold store function .......................................................................................... 116 VMY Mk 3 without full flow pump ................................................................ 79 COP active ............... 137 Misc...... 139 0178-445 .............................................................................5 with built-in oil pump ............................................................ 137 serial number .............................................. 41 Data communication cable installing the data communication cable ............ 115 FV 24/26 with oil pump ................................................................................................................................................................................... 113 SAB128/163 HR with oil pump ............................................................................... 140 Digital outputs ........................... 40 Diagnosis ................................................................................................................................ 141 Software version .................. 117 SAB 110/128/163 Mk 2 without oil pump ..................................................... 111 Control mode .......................................................................................................................... functions .............................................................. 116 SAB 128/163 Mk 2 Booster with oil pump ............................................................................................................................................. 111 SAB 283/ 330 and 355 with oil pump ........................................................................................................................... 139 New password .................................................... 118 motor power measuring ........ 140 COP ............... 112 SAB 80 with fitted (mechanical) oil pump .......................................... 141 Insp............ old alarms ............................................................................................................... 03................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 141 pictures ...............................................................................................................................................................................03 Aux........................................................................................ of alarms ............... 119 VMY Mk 2 and 2............ 140 Examine memory ....................................................................................... 119 Power management system ... 119 0178-445IX.... 117 SAB 202/ 163 & 128H MK3 with oil pump .............................. 116 VMY Mk3 with full flow pump ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 164 Define refrigerant R000 ..................... 119 External start permission...............................................................................................immediate stop ....................................................................................ENG Rev................................................................ 117 External start permission...............normal stop .......... 114 GSV/RWF with oil pump ........................09 215/222 ................ 142 Digital inputs ............ ....................................................34 EXT.........................................................................141 EXT.........................58 warning from PLC .........35 low capacity ....................................................................91 F Factory setting restore setting ................................................................................................34 External input universal regulators ............................................................09 ...................................................................................................................COOL menu description ......................35 Electrical slide control SAB 250 and SAB 330 .............................................................................140 Digital inputs and outputs Numbering ....................................................................................33 overload ...............03 Zero capacity pos.............................................................................................................................................HEAT menu description ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................35 menu description ............. 03................................ ......56 Display contrast .............14 Yellow lamp ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................58 Examine memory Diagnosis .......14 216/222 0178-445 ....................41 Factory settings return to .................................143 Digital outputs Diagnosis .....................................................................................................101 Evolution no communication to PLC ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................142 Digital inputs Diagnosis ..........................................................25 description ........13 in Bar or °C/R .......................................................................................................................14 green lamp .........................................................41 Front panel control/recording section ...........................................UNISAB II 2............................................140 Discharge pressure menu description .........................................................................ENG Rev........................25 Flow factor menu description ...................................................................................................14 Red lamp .........................................................................................................................................................................................20 Display indications various limiters ..........................................................................109 E Economizer high suction pressure ............................. ..... .............UNISAB II 2................. .................................................................................................... 14 Grounding ...........................................................................fm L Languages list of languages ............................... 52 recip...... 17 Screw Compressor .......................09 217/222 ............................................................................................................................................ 18 Motor alarm for cooling fan error ........................................................................... 127 0178-445 .............. 56 alarm for high motor temperature ........................................... 105 Liquid subcool menu description ........................................................................................................................... 56 alarm motor overload ...........................................................................................................................................03 Function changing a function ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 G Green .......... 121 Hydraulic slide systems Calibration .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 49 auxiliary input signal HPO-HPC .........................................................................................compr.................................................................. 36 HP on TWO-STAGE ............................................................................. 166 H High difference pressure Limiter ............. 127 I Input signal Auxiliary input signal screw compressors ......................................................................... 131 M Manual setting of a new zero point ........................................ 16 Two-stage reciprocating compressor ................................................................................................................................... 26 Limiting functions Standard limiters .............................. 41 List of Versions .... 180 Long-Stroke Capacity-Rod Adjusting .................................................................................................. 40 Mecanical zero .................................................................................................. 51 0178-445IX........................................................................................ 40 Menu Tree One-stage Reciprocating Compressor ............................................... 107 HP on two stage ........................... 99 Manual zero ........................... 03.............................................................................................................................................................................................ENG Rev.. 197 Loading sequence ......... 55 current calibration ....................... .....................................................................................................................................141 No............................................35 description .......................................56 power measuring ..........122 Oil pump full flow screw compr...................................40 Oil return reciprocating compressors ....................................................................................................... of alarms Diagnosis ......................34 Oil rectifier selecting ...............................................................................................................................................................................119 signal ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................35 regulating Setup .......................................75 system setup ............................................................................................09 ............................................................................55 motor overload alarm ........................... ...........................................................................................................................42 size .................... ...............................03 limiter ......... no.....................................................................................................................................................................41 port 2 ....................................UNISAB II 2.........................................................................73 state ..................................................................................................................................................................................22 Changing the password ..183 P Part load and Full load ....106 measuring ..........................................................................................169 regulation ............................................................41 N New password Diagnosis ................................ 1 to 14 ..... 03.................121 Operating sequence .......................38 setting ...................................................77 preferred master ..............................................................................................................168 take over .37 Oil heating ..............................................................................118 range .......................................................................................................................................................................................42 O Oil cooling selecting .....................................................................................................................................................22 218/222 0178-445 ............................................................................................141 Node no port 1 .........41 Multisab compressor.............................................74 parallel control ......................................ENG Rev.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................101 Password Applying the password ...........................................................................................38 motor error alarm ...................compr.......................................................................................................................................................................................................167 special timers recip................ ............................................................................................ 146 0178-445IX...................... 178 Prelubrication menu description ....... 163 the CPU print ...................................................................................................... master = START Starting.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. light diodes ........................... 71 stop delay ........................................................................................ 41 Position indications ........................ 160 the serial EEPROM (diagnosis) .................................................................................................................................... 51 Pressure transducers Calibration ..................................... 43 S Sequence The plant does not run in sequence ... 72 PID controller ...........................................................................and system numbers ..........................................UNISAB II 2................................................................................................................... 159 0178-445 ................................ 161 the relay print ... 102 Pref.......................................................... 22 Resetting the password ..... 48 measured/calculated pressures/temperatures HPO-HPC ................................................. 125 Printed circuit board..................................................................42.......... 71 PBF ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79 Replacing CPU print and EEPROM ........................................... 34 Press menu description ............................ 81 Port 1 menu description ........................... 162 Rotatune menu description ........................................... 159 the door ...................................... 194 Serial number Diagnosis ...... 23 P-band factor ......................................compressors ...........................ENG Rev.09 219/222 ............................................................ 40 Port 2 menu description ................................................................03 description .................................................................................................................... 71 start delay ............ 160 the battery ...................................................................................................................................................... 42 Pressure measured/calculated pressure levels recip. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 141 Service .............................................fm R Regulators ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 159 the EPROM (program) UNISAB II ............. 03...................................................................................... 50 screw compr.............. ...................................................................................................................................141 Swept volumen menu description ...........188 Suction Pressure menu description ...........50 measured and calculated temperatures screw compressors ........................................................................................209 Special Limiters .......137 Trouble-shooting The plant cannot start ..................................................................................39 System numbers ........................................................................................................................................................................................................91 on regulators .........................................177 T Temperature Measured and calculated temperatures screw compressors .........................51 Timer description reciprocating compressors ......................66 Timers menu ..................................................................................156 Start compressor in AUTO............................... continued ..........................................................................153................86 SAB 330 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................65 screw compressor values .................................................................................. UNISAB II ..102 Spacer block built-in space block ............................................................................................100 Spare parts for UNISAB II .................................................................................................................03 Set points control with current input ..............................................................................................189 State of transfer ............................. continued ...........63 Trouble shooting ........................................................................................................................................90 screw compressors ..................................................................................................................................................................................................ENG Rev.................................. 154 in MANUAL...................09 ............................................................................................194 Trouble-shooting diagrams General trouble-shooting....................................................................................69 screw compressors ......90 Settings regulating parameters reciprocating compressors .......49 measured/calculated pressures/temperatures HPO-HPC ...88 Short-Stroke Capacity-Rod Adjusting ..................................................................................................................................UNISAB II 2................................................................................................. 03........................................33 Superuser keyword Diagnosis ...........................................................................................61 reciprocating compressor values .........................................107 State of take-over ..........................................................................150 Start of compressor 220/222 0178-445 .......................................................132 Slide brake control ......... .................................... compr................................ 155 U Universal regulator ext......... in AUTO mode.................................................. 98 Vi mode ...........................................................09 221/222 .......... 151 Start Screw comp.................................... 57 Water cooling recip..................... 58 identification numbers alarms / warnings ................................. 101 0178-445 ................ 36 menu description ............................................................. continued ................................................................................................................. 142 Zero point automatic setting .......................................................................................................... 41 Volume ratio auto ....................................... 91 Unloading sequence ......................................................................................................... 03........................................ 152 in MANUAL mode ............input ................................ Diagnosis ............ ............................................................................................................ENG Rev..................................................................................................................................... menu ............................................................................................ Prelub..................................... 185 V Value changing a value .................... 34 Volume ratio slide ..........182.......................fm W Warning Evolution warning from PLC .. 14 Z Zero capacity pos........................ 100 manual setting of a new zero point ............................................. 23 Variable Zero position . 99 configuration ........................................ 149 Start Screw comp.............................................................................................03 in AUTO mode .......................UNISAB II 2.... Prelub................................................. 99 Zero pos...................................................................................................................... continued .......... 97 0178-445IX................................................. 33 Y Yellow .............................................................................................. 59 watch the oil pressure ............. in MANUAL....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ENG Rev. 03.03 222/222 0178-445 .09 .UNISAB II 2. : Compressor Type: Software version/date 0179-005-EN 1 .: Order No. No.: Local Compr.02-020911 IVH Date: ____________ Init: ______ Settings for UNISAB II 2.03 Customer: Enduser: ROC No.: Plant Type: Compressor Shop No.2. 2. Press Motor Signal Motor Input Cap/Freq >Unit Plant Function Refrigerant Chiller >Factory reset Factory Reset Setting Setting 0179-005-EN 2 .03 Setup>Configuration >Control No 01 02 03 04 05 Function Control On Auto Start Auto Stop Cold Store Climate Control No 01 >Compressor No 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Function Compressor Type Swept Volume Booster Volume Ratio Economizer Mech. Master Common Evap/Cond HP on Two Stage Take Over Setting >Motor Setting No 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 >Communication Function Danbuss Compressor No./Temp.02-020911 IVH Settings for UNISAB II 2. Baud Rate Port 1 Node No Baud Rate Port 2 Node No Baud Rate Profibus Node No Baud Rate 01 Setting No 01 02 Setting No 01 02 >Economizer Function Eco Low Cap. Eco High Suction Setting No 01 02 03 Function COP Active Flow Factor Liq. Zero Manual Zero Vi Mode % Add. Unload >Oil system No 01 02 03 04 05 Function Pre-lubrication Full Flow Pump Oil Cooling Water Cooled Oil Rectifier Setting No 01 02 03 04 Setting 02 03 04 05 06 Function Range Motor Current Range Motor Power Motor size kW Rotatune min freq max freq >Multisab Function Pref. Sub-cooling >COP Setting No 01 02 03 04 05 >Measuring unit Function Press. Controller Language 0179-005-EN 3 .03 Alarm-/Warning Limits & Regulator Settings Suction>Suction pressure [ºC/R] Suction>Suction superheat High Alarm High Low Warning Warning Low Alarm Set pt. Sys. temperature (*R) All the empty/not used squares The availability of the areas framed Setup>Control (1+2) must always be filled out. DIFF MIN PULS RUN TIME (1) Discharge>Disch. 1 No. INTE T. functions Brake Delay Compressor Control Start No. pressure Oil>Oil temperature Motor>Motor current Motor>Motor Power Setup>Capacity>Capacity Setup>Capacity>Vi Position (*S) (*S) (*S) Intermediate>Interm. 2 NZ PB T. No.2.02-020911 IVH Settings for UNISAB II 2. /////////// is dependent upon the configuration of the UNISAB II. (2) Setup>Multisab>Multisab state Setup>Diagnose> Software version / date Setup>Language Contrast (2) >Setup>Diagnose >Misc. Set pt. System No. superheat Oil>Oil pressure Oil>Diff. Limits Signal Low Signal High Limit High Setup>Calibrate> Brine Temp. Pump Start Oil Cool On Oil Pump Start Oil Return (*S) (*R) (*S) (*R) 0179-005-EN 4 . Pos Cap. Zero Adj Vi. Zero Ad Cap.F. Delay Oil Rect. Brine Adjust (2) Setup>Calibrate> Cap. Pos Cap. Output Activate When Setup>Calibrate> Cap. 100 Adj Setup>Calibrate> Motor Freq Motor Freq Frq. 100 Adj (1) Setup>Timers>Timers Setup No 01 02 03 04 05 06 Function Start-Start Delay Stop-Start Delay Start Delay Stop Delay Suction Ramp Slide Max Delay Up (*S) (*R) (1) Setting No 07 08 Function Prelubrication Delay Down Transfer max (*S) (*R) Setting No 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Function Oil Rect. 100 Adj Setup>Calibrate> 4-20mA Input 4mA 20mA Used at Setup>Calibrate> Aux. Start Oil Rect.2.03 Setup>Calibrate> Press Transducer Suction Adjust Discharge Adjust Oil Adjust Diff. Negative (*S) Start Unload (*S) Low suct. Zero Adj Freq. Adjust Imed.02-020911 IVH Settings for UNISAB II 2. press NOT ADJUSTABLE Setting 09-20 NOT ADJUSTABLE 21 22 23 24 Motor Start PMS Feedback F. Disable Start HP NOT ADJUSTABLE Cap. Adjust Setup>Calibrate> Vi position Vi Position Vi. 0179-005-EN 5 . The hour counter “Setup>Timers>Service>On Time” will be reset to zero.03 Setup>Timers> Setup>Timers> P Band Factor Delay Up Delay Down Start Delay Stop Delay Notes: (*R) (*R) Service On Time (Service Hours) (2) (1) Setup>Timers> Transfer Factor Down Zone (*R) (*R) (1) Setup>Timers> Take Over Factor Up Factor Start Zone (*R) (*R) (*R) (1) *(S) = Screw. (2) The value(s) are not stored in the EEPROM and will therefore be changed to ‘initial settings’ after a “Copy EEPROM” messages on the display.02-020911 IVH Settings for UNISAB II 2. *(R) = Reciprocating (1) The value(s) will be changed to factory settings by a “Factor Reset”.2. Date: 96. superheat Brine temp. Diff. press. temp Disch. input Motor current °C °C/R °C °C °C/R °C °C °C BAR BAR °C/R °C % % Amp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 Notes: * (S) = Screw.: Ordre no. Suction press.09 Init.: Compr. type: Diagnosis > Inspect old alarms Alarm text (type of alarm) Date and time of alarm Diagnosis > Inspect old alarms > Ctrl state Compressor Control Compressor State Start no System no Multisab state On time Rev. (R) Vi position (S) Capacity position Ext. press. 0 ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ 1 ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ ÉÉÉÉ . 0 Current operating conditions Unit Text Text 0-14 1-14 Text Hour Sec/Hour Since start Diagnosis > Inspect old alarms > Measure values Current operating conditions Unit Diagnosis > Inspect old alarms > No Input Output Diagnosis> Digital Input Digital Output 1661-215-EN Suction temp. Disch. (R) = Reciprocating 1661-215-EN Rev. (R) Intermediate temp. Oil press. (S) Intermediate press. Oil temp. Suction superheat Disch.: Diagnosis for UNISAB II Customer: Compressor shop no.